<?xml version="1.0"?>
<feed xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom" xml:lang="en">
	<id>https://www.baka-tsuki.org/project/api.php?action=feedcontributions&amp;feedformat=atom&amp;user=Aozf05</id>
	<title>Baka-Tsuki - User contributions [en]</title>
	<link rel="self" type="application/atom+xml" href="https://www.baka-tsuki.org/project/api.php?action=feedcontributions&amp;feedformat=atom&amp;user=Aozf05"/>
	<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.baka-tsuki.org/project/index.php?title=Special:Contributions/Aozf05"/>
	<updated>2026-04-06T10:52:36Z</updated>
	<subtitle>User contributions</subtitle>
	<generator>MediaWiki 1.43.1</generator>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.baka-tsuki.org/project/index.php?title=User_talk:Aozf05&amp;diff=168211</id>
		<title>User talk:Aozf05</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.baka-tsuki.org/project/index.php?title=User_talk:Aozf05&amp;diff=168211"/>
		<updated>2012-07-11T08:43:13Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Aozf05: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;About Em-dash(—) within the line, the side without space denotes what is being refered to after so— please take note. It was hard work fixing those and I really would appreciate you not messing with it. Don&#039;t worry I&#039;ll fix your edits later on. No problem. [[User:Zero2001|Zero2001]] - [[User_talk:Zero2001|Talk]] -  07:09, 29 June 2012 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Actually, You&#039;re not 100% right. There is no fixed standard for em-dashes. It&#039;s just we use it this way here. Please? [[User:Zero2001|Zero2001]] - [[User_talk:Zero2001|Talk]] -  01:49, 30 June 2012 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here&#039;s a guide:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# A —B— C (Like brackets, space before beginning and after ending em-dash)&lt;br /&gt;
# —A (In the beginning of the line/paragraph, no spacing)&lt;br /&gt;
# A B— C (Between the line/paragraph to show pause or such, spacing after)&lt;br /&gt;
# A B C— (At the end of the line/paragraph to show an incomplete sentence or any other reason)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please use this. [[User:Zero2001|Zero2001]] - [[User_talk:Zero2001|Talk]] -  01:51, 30 June 2012 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are multiple standards so no one is wrong. Neither you or me. It&#039;s just that this is the manner we&#039;ve been using. Could you conform, please? BTW, I&#039;ve seen the rest of your edits. And I have to say I&#039;m impressed. You&#039;ve really done a good job. Keep up the good work. [[User:Zero2001|Zero2001]] - [[User_talk:Zero2001|Talk]] -  02:36, 30 June 2012 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Aozf05, you can format the em dash the way you want, there is no format imposed at Baka-Tsuki, even more for Sword Art Online. (Btw, the most common rule is indeed to put no space before and after an em dash in every situation) [[User:Vaelis|Vaelis]] 06:18, 30 June 2012 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Well now that Vaelis has approved, I no longer have any right to say anything. [[User:Zero2001|Zero2001]] - [[User_talk:Zero2001|Talk]] -  08:15, 30 June 2012 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Btw, I personally go with A—B—C for em dashes in sentences, A— B for sentences ending with a pause mid-paragraph (looks better than A—. B, personally), and the 2nd and 4th mentioned by Zero.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;Ex. &amp;quot;nothing. —I trusted him. The&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;nothing—I trusted him—the&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;nothing— I trusted him. The&amp;quot; for start, middle and end of a sentence.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;For ellipses, I go with spaces after every one if it&#039;s at the end or middle of a sentence, spaces before if it&#039;s at the start of one.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;And Vaelis, I doubt you&#039;ll see this, but wouldn&#039;t putting no spaces in every situation result in something like &amp;quot;He saw me.—I gasped and turned to run.&amp;quot; if it&#039;s used after a period in the original (JP) text? Looks really awkward, if you ask me... --[[User:Tap|Tap]] 07:46, 4 July 2012 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Isn&#039;t there always a space after a full stop? [[User:Vaelis|Vaelis]] 12:28, 5 July 2012 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yes there is &#039;&#039;&#039;always&#039;&#039;&#039; a space after commas and fullstops. It&#039;s an ironclad rule. Note: Ellipsis(...) have slightly different rules in certain circumstances (like in the very beginning of a paragraph, etc). Don&#039;t mix them up with full-stops. [[User:Zero2001|Zero2001]] - [[User_talk:Zero2001|Talk]] -  18:12, 5 July 2012 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When used parenthetically, the dashes can be used like Zero&#039;s first example, but when they occur by themselves, I usually see A B—C. Also, for ellipses, I may have messed up a little. I think it depends on preference whether they have spaces around them or not, but I generally see ...A, A...B, or A.... If a sentence ends in an ellipsis, you have to add a fourth full-stop because the ellipsis is three full-stops and then the end of the sentence is marked with another full-stop. I don&#039;t know if you want to go through every light novel to fix that though. --[[User:Aozf05|aozf05]] 00:10, 7 July 2012 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What I&#039;ve seen is a space between ellipses and B for the A...B in case of non-stuttering. [[User:Zero2001|Zero2001]] - [[User_talk:Zero2001|Talk]] -  01:43, 7 July 2012 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hm, well I wouldn&#039;t do that because it could be mistaken for an ellipsis at the end of a sentence. I would apply similar rules as the em dash as in either you have spaces on both sides or none at all. --[[User:Aozf05|aozf05]] 01:48, 7 July 2012 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For now I&#039;m going to leave all dashes and ellipses alone. I&#039;ll also go back and revert changes I made to dashes and ellipses in volume 1 in the near future, if it hasn&#039;t been done already. --[[User:Aozf05|aozf05]] 02:23, 7 July 2012 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sorry for bringing this up again, but [http://www.whiners.pro/2012/03/ellipses-in-fansubbing/ this] explains most of my personal reasoning for my usage of ellipses. Ellipses for partial quotations is nearly completely absent in light novels, so the main purpose they serve is as a pause within lines of speech. Hence, my choice to represent that pause in a way that would as obvious as possible, for it to not be skipped over (and quite honestly, &amp;quot;. . .&amp;quot; just looks ridiculous in a conversation).&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;As for differentiating ellipses within and at the end of sentences, I merely use adjust the capitalisation of the word after the ellipsis (&amp;quot;... A&amp;quot; / &amp;quot;... a&amp;quot;). Frankly, I&#039;ve never seen anyone use a period after an ellipsis to represent a sentence trailing off in speech.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;Either way, thanks for your edits. My grammar tends to be all over the place at times. --[[User:Tap|Tap]] 10:02, 10 July 2012 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I only mentioned the end of the sentence thing to let it be known for anyone who&#039;s interested that a rule does exist for that. But it probably falls into that category of &amp;quot;never split infinitives, never end sentences with prepositions&amp;quot; kind of rule that most people don&#039;t follow. It doesn&#039;t really matter anyway, it&#039;s just an extra dot. --[[User:Aozf05|aozf05]] 03:43, 11 July 2012 (CDT)&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Aozf05</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.baka-tsuki.org/project/index.php?title=User_talk:Aozf05&amp;diff=167369</id>
		<title>User talk:Aozf05</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.baka-tsuki.org/project/index.php?title=User_talk:Aozf05&amp;diff=167369"/>
		<updated>2012-07-07T07:23:24Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Aozf05: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;About Em-dash(—) within the line, the side without space denotes what is being refered to after so— please take note. It was hard work fixing those and I really would appreciate you not messing with it. Don&#039;t worry I&#039;ll fix your edits later on. No problem. [[User:Zero2001|Zero2001]] - [[User_talk:Zero2001|Talk]] -  07:09, 29 June 2012 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Actually, You&#039;re not 100% right. There is no fixed standard for em-dashes. It&#039;s just we use it this way here. Please? [[User:Zero2001|Zero2001]] - [[User_talk:Zero2001|Talk]] -  01:49, 30 June 2012 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here&#039;s a guide:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# A —B— C (Like brackets, space before beginning and after ending em-dash)&lt;br /&gt;
# —A (In the beginning of the line/paragraph, no spacing)&lt;br /&gt;
# A B— C (Between the line/paragraph to show pause or such, spacing after)&lt;br /&gt;
# A B C— (At the end of the line/paragraph to show an incomplete sentence or any other reason)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please use this. [[User:Zero2001|Zero2001]] - [[User_talk:Zero2001|Talk]] -  01:51, 30 June 2012 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are multiple standards so no one is wrong. Neither you or me. It&#039;s just that this is the manner we&#039;ve been using. Could you conform, please? BTW, I&#039;ve seen the rest of your edits. And I have to say I&#039;m impressed. You&#039;ve really done a good job. Keep up the good work. [[User:Zero2001|Zero2001]] - [[User_talk:Zero2001|Talk]] -  02:36, 30 June 2012 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Aozf05, you can format the em dash the way you want, there is no format imposed at Baka-Tsuki, even more for Sword Art Online. (Btw, the most common rule is indeed to put no space before and after an em dash in every situation) [[User:Vaelis|Vaelis]] 06:18, 30 June 2012 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Well now that Vaelis has approved, I no longer have any right to say anything. [[User:Zero2001|Zero2001]] - [[User_talk:Zero2001|Talk]] -  08:15, 30 June 2012 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Btw, I personally go with A—B—C for em dashes in sentences, A— B for sentences ending with a pause mid-paragraph (looks better than A—. B, personally), and the 2nd and 4th mentioned by Zero.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;Ex. &amp;quot;nothing. —I trusted him. The&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;nothing—I trusted him—the&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;nothing— I trusted him. The&amp;quot; for start, middle and end of a sentence.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;For ellipses, I go with spaces after every one if it&#039;s at the end or middle of a sentence, spaces before if it&#039;s at the start of one.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;And Vaelis, I doubt you&#039;ll see this, but wouldn&#039;t putting no spaces in every situation result in something like &amp;quot;He saw me.—I gasped and turned to run.&amp;quot; if it&#039;s used after a period in the original (JP) text? Looks really awkward, if you ask me... --[[User:Tap|Tap]] 07:46, 4 July 2012 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Isn&#039;t there always a space after a full stop? [[User:Vaelis|Vaelis]] 12:28, 5 July 2012 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yes there is &#039;&#039;&#039;always&#039;&#039;&#039; a space after commas and fullstops. It&#039;s an ironclad rule. Note: Ellipsis(...) have slightly different rules in certain circumstances (like in the very beginning of a paragraph, etc). Don&#039;t mix them up with full-stops. [[User:Zero2001|Zero2001]] - [[User_talk:Zero2001|Talk]] -  18:12, 5 July 2012 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When used parenthetically, the dashes can be used like Zero&#039;s first example, but when they occur by themselves, I usually see A B—C. Also, for ellipses, I may have messed up a little. I think it depends on preference whether they have spaces around them or not, but I generally see ...A, A...B, or A.... If a sentence ends in an ellipsis, you have to add a fourth full-stop because the ellipsis is three full-stops and then the end of the sentence is marked with another full-stop. I don&#039;t know if you want to go through every light novel to fix that though. --[[User:Aozf05|aozf05]] 00:10, 7 July 2012 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What I&#039;ve seen is a space between elipsis and B for the A...B in case of non-stuttering. [[User:Zero2001|Zero2001]] - [[User_talk:Zero2001|Talk]] -  01:43, 7 July 2012 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hm, well I wouldn&#039;t do that because it could be mistaken for an ellipsis at the end of a sentence. I would apply similar rules as the em dash as in either you have spaces on both sides or none at all. --[[User:Aozf05|aozf05]] 01:48, 7 July 2012 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For now I&#039;m going to leave all dashes and ellipses alone. I&#039;ll also go back and revert changes I made to dashes and ellipses in volume 1 in the near future, if it hasn&#039;t been done already. --[[User:Aozf05|aozf05]] 02:23, 7 July 2012 (CDT)&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Aozf05</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.baka-tsuki.org/project/index.php?title=User_talk:Aozf05&amp;diff=167364</id>
		<title>User talk:Aozf05</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.baka-tsuki.org/project/index.php?title=User_talk:Aozf05&amp;diff=167364"/>
		<updated>2012-07-07T06:48:40Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Aozf05: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;About Em-dash(—) within the line, the side without space denotes what is being refered to after so— please take note. It was hard work fixing those and I really would appreciate you not messing with it. Don&#039;t worry I&#039;ll fix your edits later on. No problem. [[User:Zero2001|Zero2001]] - [[User_talk:Zero2001|Talk]] -  07:09, 29 June 2012 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Actually, You&#039;re not 100% right. There is no fixed standard for em-dashes. It&#039;s just we use it this way here. Please? [[User:Zero2001|Zero2001]] - [[User_talk:Zero2001|Talk]] -  01:49, 30 June 2012 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here&#039;s a guide:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# A —B— C (Like brackets, space before beginning and after ending em-dash)&lt;br /&gt;
# —A (In the beginning of the line/paragraph, no spacing)&lt;br /&gt;
# A B— C (Between the line/paragraph to show pause or such, spacing after)&lt;br /&gt;
# A B C— (At the end of the line/paragraph to show an incomplete sentence or any other reason)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please use this. [[User:Zero2001|Zero2001]] - [[User_talk:Zero2001|Talk]] -  01:51, 30 June 2012 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are multiple standards so no one is wrong. Neither you or me. It&#039;s just that this is the manner we&#039;ve been using. Could you conform, please? BTW, I&#039;ve seen the rest of your edits. And I have to say I&#039;m impressed. You&#039;ve really done a good job. Keep up the good work. [[User:Zero2001|Zero2001]] - [[User_talk:Zero2001|Talk]] -  02:36, 30 June 2012 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Aozf05, you can format the em dash the way you want, there is no format imposed at Baka-Tsuki, even more for Sword Art Online. (Btw, the most common rule is indeed to put no space before and after an em dash in every situation) [[User:Vaelis|Vaelis]] 06:18, 30 June 2012 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Well now that Vaelis has approved, I no longer have any right to say anything. [[User:Zero2001|Zero2001]] - [[User_talk:Zero2001|Talk]] -  08:15, 30 June 2012 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Btw, I personally go with A—B—C for em dashes in sentences, A— B for sentences ending with a pause mid-paragraph (looks better than A—. B, personally), and the 2nd and 4th mentioned by Zero.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;Ex. &amp;quot;nothing. —I trusted him. The&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;nothing—I trusted him—the&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;nothing— I trusted him. The&amp;quot; for start, middle and end of a sentence.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;For ellipses, I go with spaces after every one if it&#039;s at the end or middle of a sentence, spaces before if it&#039;s at the start of one.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;And Vaelis, I doubt you&#039;ll see this, but wouldn&#039;t putting no spaces in every situation result in something like &amp;quot;He saw me.—I gasped and turned to run.&amp;quot; if it&#039;s used after a period in the original (JP) text? Looks really awkward, if you ask me... --[[User:Tap|Tap]] 07:46, 4 July 2012 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Isn&#039;t there always a space after a full stop? [[User:Vaelis|Vaelis]] 12:28, 5 July 2012 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yes there is &#039;&#039;&#039;always&#039;&#039;&#039; a space after commas and fullstops. It&#039;s an ironclad rule. Note: Ellipsis(...) have slightly different rules in certain circumstances (like in the very beginning of a paragraph, etc). Don&#039;t mix them up with full-stops. [[User:Zero2001|Zero2001]] - [[User_talk:Zero2001|Talk]] -  18:12, 5 July 2012 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When used parenthetically, the dashes can be used like Zero&#039;s first example, but when they occur by themselves, I usually see A B—C. Also, for ellipses, I may have messed up a little. I think it depends on preference whether they have spaces around them or not, but I generally see ...A, A...B, or A.... If a sentence ends in an ellipsis, you have to add a fourth full-stop because the ellipsis is three full-stops and then the end of the sentence is marked with another full-stop. I don&#039;t know if you want to go through every light novel to fix that though. --[[User:Aozf05|aozf05]] 00:10, 7 July 2012 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What I&#039;ve seen is a space between elipsis and B for the A...B in case of non-stuttering. [[User:Zero2001|Zero2001]] - [[User_talk:Zero2001|Talk]] -  01:43, 7 July 2012 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hm, well I wouldn&#039;t do that because it could be mistaken for an ellipsis at the end of a sentence. I would apply similar rules as the em dash as in either you have spaces on both sides or none at all. --[[User:Aozf05|aozf05]] 01:48, 7 July 2012 (CDT)&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Aozf05</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.baka-tsuki.org/project/index.php?title=User_talk:Aozf05&amp;diff=167347</id>
		<title>User talk:Aozf05</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.baka-tsuki.org/project/index.php?title=User_talk:Aozf05&amp;diff=167347"/>
		<updated>2012-07-07T05:10:38Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Aozf05: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;About Em-dash(—) within the line, the side without space denotes what is being refered to after so— please take note. It was hard work fixing those and I really would appreciate you not messing with it. Don&#039;t worry I&#039;ll fix your edits later on. No problem. [[User:Zero2001|Zero2001]] - [[User_talk:Zero2001|Talk]] -  07:09, 29 June 2012 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Actually, You&#039;re not 100% right. There is no fixed standard for em-dashes. It&#039;s just we use it this way here. Please? [[User:Zero2001|Zero2001]] - [[User_talk:Zero2001|Talk]] -  01:49, 30 June 2012 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here&#039;s a guide:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# A —B— C (Like brackets, space before beginning and after ending em-dash)&lt;br /&gt;
# —A (In the beginning of the line/paragraph, no spacing)&lt;br /&gt;
# A B— C (Between the line/paragraph to show pause or such, spacing after)&lt;br /&gt;
# A B C— (At the end of the line/paragraph to show an incomplete sentence or any other reason)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please use this. [[User:Zero2001|Zero2001]] - [[User_talk:Zero2001|Talk]] -  01:51, 30 June 2012 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are multiple standards so no one is wrong. Neither you or me. It&#039;s just that this is the manner we&#039;ve been using. Could you conform, please? BTW, I&#039;ve seen the rest of your edits. And I have to say I&#039;m impressed. You&#039;ve really done a good job. Keep up the good work. [[User:Zero2001|Zero2001]] - [[User_talk:Zero2001|Talk]] -  02:36, 30 June 2012 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Aozf05, you can format the em dash the way you want, there is no format imposed at Baka-Tsuki, even more for Sword Art Online. (Btw, the most common rule is indeed to put no space before and after an em dash in every situation) [[User:Vaelis|Vaelis]] 06:18, 30 June 2012 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Well now that Vaelis has approved, I no longer have any right to say anything. [[User:Zero2001|Zero2001]] - [[User_talk:Zero2001|Talk]] -  08:15, 30 June 2012 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Btw, I personally go with A—B—C for em dashes in sentences, A— B for sentences ending with a pause mid-paragraph (looks better than A—. B, personally), and the 2nd and 4th mentioned by Zero.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;Ex. &amp;quot;nothing. —I trusted him. The&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;nothing—I trusted him—the&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;nothing— I trusted him. The&amp;quot; for start, middle and end of a sentence.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;For ellipses, I go with spaces after every one if it&#039;s at the end or middle of a sentence, spaces before if it&#039;s at the start of one.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;And Vaelis, I doubt you&#039;ll see this, but wouldn&#039;t putting no spaces in every situation result in something like &amp;quot;He saw me.—I gasped and turned to run.&amp;quot; if it&#039;s used after a period in the original (JP) text? Looks really awkward, if you ask me... --[[User:Tap|Tap]] 07:46, 4 July 2012 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Isn&#039;t there always a space after a full stop? [[User:Vaelis|Vaelis]] 12:28, 5 July 2012 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yes there is &#039;&#039;&#039;always&#039;&#039;&#039; a space after commas and fullstops. It&#039;s an ironclad rule. Note: Ellipsis(...) have slightly different rules in certain circumstances (like in the very beginning of a paragraph, etc). Don&#039;t mix them up with full-stops. [[User:Zero2001|Zero2001]] - [[User_talk:Zero2001|Talk]] -  18:12, 5 July 2012 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When used parenthetically, the dashes can be used like Zero&#039;s first example, but when they occur by themselves, I usually see A B—C. Also, for ellipses, I may have messed up a little. I think it depends on preference whether they have spaces around them or not, but I generally see ...A, A...B, or A.... If a sentence ends in an ellipsis, you have to add a fourth full-stop because the ellipsis is three full-stops and then the end of the sentence is marked with another full-stop. I don&#039;t know if you want to go through every light novel to fix that though. --[[User:Aozf05|aozf05]] 00:10, 7 July 2012 (CDT)&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Aozf05</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.baka-tsuki.org/project/index.php?title=User_talk:Zero2001&amp;diff=165493</id>
		<title>User talk:Zero2001</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.baka-tsuki.org/project/index.php?title=User_talk:Zero2001&amp;diff=165493"/>
		<updated>2012-06-30T07:31:08Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Aozf05: /* About the em dash */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Archives:&#039;&#039;&#039; [[/Archive 1|1]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Punctuation==&lt;br /&gt;
===Somewhat interested in Punctuation Changes===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
How does the bytes work for those anyway? From what you did on IS, the apostrophes for Microsoft Word uses more space than wordpad. Can you explain that to me? Thanks--[[User:Teh Ping|Teh Ping]] 15:19, 29 May 2011 (UCT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 The types of punctuation used formally were: …‘’“” . I used the characters ... and &#039; and &amp;quot; to replace them. The thing is,&lt;br /&gt;
 that every type of character has an id set to it in the form of a combination of bits (01010101). This is done because bits,&lt;br /&gt;
 bytes, kilobytes, megabytes, etc, is how data is stored. In other words &amp;quot; does not equal “ or ” in the storing language.&lt;br /&gt;
 However in English they would mean the same thing. &amp;quot; occurs earlier in the storage character table than “ or ” therefore it&lt;br /&gt;
 has a smaller id. Thus space can be saved by using it. My advice is to either stop using MSWord and use WordPad or TextPad&lt;br /&gt;
 editor. OR... first write in MSWord then take it to TextPad and then use the find and replace functions to switch the above&lt;br /&gt;
 characters. You can also use FoxReplace addon if you are using Firefox but that&#039;s just a little more complex in initializing&lt;br /&gt;
 the settings but the result is that the replacement process becomes fully automated (It&#039;s a major pain if you make a mistake&lt;br /&gt;
 though, if you don&#039;t exclude pages you need to, then the replacement could affect something you did not wish it to). The final&lt;br /&gt;
 way is to use this site&#039;s own search and replace function. [[User:Zero2001|Zero2001]] 15:41, 29 May 2011 (UCT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Personally, I use the FoxReplace method. So there might be &#039;&#039;rare&#039;&#039; cases where something unintended was changed. I apologize for that. [[User:Zero2001|Zero2001]] - [[User_talk:Zero2001|Talk]] -  00:37, 4 June 2011 (UCT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 BTW, … and ... actually do not have any differences in the bytes used. I tried replacing them in an Oreimo chapter, but 0 bytes&lt;br /&gt;
 changed. [[User:Kira0802|Kira]] 14:08, 6 July 2011 (UCT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 Hmm. I suspected as much. Basically that means that the … character is equivalent to three fullstop(.) characters.&lt;br /&gt;
 [[User:Zero2001|Zero2001]] - [[User_talk:Zero2001|Talk]] - 16:49, 6 July 2011 (UCT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===FoxReplace Method===&lt;br /&gt;
If you are using FireFox ([http://www.mozilla.com/en-US/firefox/fx/?ref=logo download here]). All you have to do is install the [https://addons.mozilla.org/en-US/firefox/addon/foxreplace/ FoxReplace addon]. After that create an xml file using Notepad (name it anything you like, for the sake of reference I&#039;ll call it &amp;quot;PuncReplace.xml&amp;quot;) and write the following code into the file &#039;&#039;&#039;(copy as it is, if error occurs then just put it all in one line and try again, if error still happens then you&#039;ll have to input it manually. All are text type except last one which is regex type)&#039;&#039;&#039;:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;substitutionlist version=&amp;quot;0.12&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
   &amp;lt;group&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
     &amp;lt;urls&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
       &amp;lt;url&amp;gt;-http://www.baka-tsuki.org/project/index.php?title=User*&amp;lt;/url&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
       &amp;lt;url&amp;gt;http://www.baka-tsuki.org/*&amp;amp;amp;action=edit*&amp;lt;/url&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
       &amp;lt;url&amp;gt;http://www.baka-tsuki.org/*&amp;amp;amp;action=submit*&amp;lt;/url&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
     &amp;lt;/urls&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
     &amp;lt;substitutions&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
       &amp;lt;substitution casesensitive=&amp;quot;true&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
         &amp;lt;input type=&amp;quot;text&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;quot;…&amp;quot;&amp;lt;/input&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
         &amp;lt;output&amp;gt;&amp;quot;...&amp;quot;&amp;lt;/output&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
       &amp;lt;/substitution&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
       &amp;lt;substitution casesensitive=&amp;quot;true&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
         &amp;lt;input type=&amp;quot;text&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;quot;‘&amp;quot;&amp;lt;/input&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
         &amp;lt;output&amp;gt;&amp;quot;&#039;&amp;quot;&amp;lt;/output&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
       &amp;lt;/substitution&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
       &amp;lt;substitution casesensitive=&amp;quot;true&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
         &amp;lt;input type=&amp;quot;text&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;quot;’&amp;quot;&amp;lt;/input&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
         &amp;lt;output&amp;gt;&amp;quot;&#039;&amp;quot;&amp;lt;/output&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
       &amp;lt;/substitution&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
       &amp;lt;substitution casesensitive=&amp;quot;true&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
         &amp;lt;input type=&amp;quot;text&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;quot;“&amp;quot;&amp;lt;/input&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
         &amp;lt;output&amp;gt;&amp;quot;&amp;quot;&amp;quot;&amp;lt;/output&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
       &amp;lt;/substitution&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
       &amp;lt;substitution casesensitive=&amp;quot;true&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
         &amp;lt;input type=&amp;quot;text&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;quot;”&amp;quot;&amp;lt;/input&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
         &amp;lt;output&amp;gt;&amp;quot;&amp;quot;&amp;quot;&amp;lt;/output&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
       &amp;lt;/substitution&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
       &amp;lt;substitution casesensitive=&amp;quot;true&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
         &amp;lt;input type=&amp;quot;text&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;quot;&amp;amp;lt;!—&amp;quot;&amp;lt;/input&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
         &amp;lt;output&amp;gt;&amp;quot;&amp;amp;lt;!--&amp;quot;&amp;lt;/output&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
       &amp;lt;/substitution&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
       &amp;lt;substitution casesensitive=&amp;quot;true&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
         &amp;lt;input type=&amp;quot;text&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;quot;  &amp;quot;&amp;lt;/input&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
         &amp;lt;output&amp;gt;&amp;quot; &amp;quot;&amp;lt;/output&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
       &amp;lt;/substitution&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
       &amp;lt;substitution&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
         &amp;lt;input type=&amp;quot;regexp&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;quot;[ \t]+\n&amp;quot;&amp;lt;/input&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
         &amp;lt;output&amp;gt;&amp;quot;\n&amp;quot;&amp;lt;/output&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
       &amp;lt;/substitution&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
     &amp;lt;/substitutions&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
   &amp;lt;/group&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;/substitutionlist&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Save the file.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After that, (in Firefox) go to FoxReplace options and click the &amp;quot;Import&amp;quot; button, choose the xml file you made (&amp;quot;PuncReplace.xml&amp;quot;).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The settings will automatically load into FoxReplace.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click the &amp;quot;Okay&amp;quot; button and after that whenever you edit or see the preview of the edits the FoxReplace addon will automatically make the appropriate substitutions. Good Hunting! [[User:Zero2001|Zero2001]] - [[User_talk:Zero2001|Talk]] -  17:10, 6 July 2011 (UCT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Stuttering===&lt;br /&gt;
Everyone should be warned. Stuttering is denoted differently in Japanese and English. In Japanese stuttering is denoted by &#039;&#039;&#039;comma&#039;&#039;&#039; or three dots. Whereas in English stuttering is denoted by &#039;&#039;&#039;hyphen&#039;&#039;&#039; or three dots. The reason is to ensure that the &amp;lt;big&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;I&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/big&amp;gt; in stuttering words like &amp;lt;big&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;I-I&#039;&#039;&#039;t&amp;lt;/big&amp;gt; aren&#039;t mistaken with the self reference word &amp;lt;big&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;I&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/big&amp;gt;. There are other similar instances as well. Since &#039;&#039;&#039;commas&#039;&#039;&#039; would allow for such mistakes to happen thus &#039;&#039;&#039;hyphens&#039;&#039;&#039; are used instead. Such conflicts do not occur in Japanese (due to watashi, boku, etc instead of in English where &amp;lt;big&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;I&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/big&amp;gt; can be confused since most stutterings are of words that start with &amp;lt;big&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;I&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/big&amp;gt; or similar circumstances, &amp;lt;big&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;A&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/big&amp;gt; is another one). [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Stutter#Primary_behaviors See here.] Take care to properly translate thus. [[User:Zero2001|Zero2001]] - [[User_talk:Zero2001|Talk]] -  12:37, 9 February 2012 (CST)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Messages==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If its not too much trouble, can you change the template nav on Toaru Majustsu no Index from Spin-Offs to Side Story&#039;s? Well this is not an urgent matter so its fine if its done within a month or so. --[[User:Hiro Hayase|Hiro Hayase]] 15:32, 3 September 2011 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Alright then, thanks. -[[User:Hiro Hayase|Hiro Hayase]] 23:16, 3 September 2011 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I have just received the green-light from Teh Ping, you&#039;re free to make the changes at any time now. -[[User:Hiro Hayase|Hiro Hayase]] 00:55, 4 September 2011 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I talked it over with him on Animesuki forums, but I told him to message you later about implementing the changes since you need a direct confirmation. -[[User:Hiro Hayase|Hiro Hayase]] 21:03, 4 September 2011 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yup, I gave Hiro Hayase the green light--[[User:Teh Ping|Teh Ping]] 23:14, 4 September 2011 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On Infinite Stratos. Young Japanese women or school girls usually say &amp;quot;Ehhh~&amp;quot; just to sound cute or in a cutesy manner in Japanese societyespecially in conversations between fellow woman. So its better to keep them in most cases in IS. It&#039;s staying true to the author&#039;s original intent since &amp;quot;Whaaat&amp;quot; isn&#039;t very cute sounding for the most part, although it does fit in the sentence. -[[User:Hiro Hayase|Hiro Hayase]] 22:01, 7 September 2011 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thanks, please do that then. -[[User:Hiro Hayase|Hiro Hayase]] 01:08, 8 September 2011 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Can I ask you help me change all these unnecessary got&#039;s in IS? The got&#039;s are far to numerous and could easily be replaced to was, were, get, become, became, and etc. Except in dialogues since grammar doesn&#039;t matter much there. I don&#039;t think it changes the meaning if you change it. -[[User:Hiro Hayase|Hiro Hayase]] 19:05, 17 September 2011 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Agreed, two heads are better than one. Let&#039;s do as you proposed then. -[[User:Hiro Hayase|Hiro Hayase]] 22:41, 17 September 2011 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zero, I&#039;ve just logged in now and saw this wonderful template you created. It&#039;s very handy. Thank you so much! sorry for saying thank you so late. &lt;br /&gt;
BTW, I&#039;ve just uploaded a chapter. It&#039;s shown in the collapsable Nav Template. My questions are:&lt;br /&gt;
1. Is there a link where I can go directly to the Nav rather than clicking it from the msg you left on CSR? &lt;br /&gt;
2. What edits do I need to make so that on the main page of CSR, it&#039;s shown that the chapter has been uploaded? (I did the usual edit but the chapter - vol 15, Ch1 - is still red in colour)&lt;br /&gt;
I&#039;m terrible with computer codes and stuff. Thanks in advance for the help!&lt;br /&gt;
-[[User:Blewin|Blewin]] 21-10-11&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==AW Nav bar==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hi, I added parts incomplete to your Incomplete template. Somehow the display is messed up, can you see if you can fix it? Thanks. Check this link to see how it looks now - [[Accel_World:Volume_10_Chapter_3|Accel World Volume 10 Chapter 3]]. [[User:Xplorer30|Xplorer30]] - [[User_talk:Xplorer30|Talk]] 05:18, 14 February 2012 (CST)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thanks for the quick fix. I looked at it too but couldn&#039;t find what&#039;s wrong. Still not too sure how you fixed it either. All those brackets make me dizzy. [[User:Xplorer30|Xplorer30]] - [[User_talk:Xplorer30|Talk]] 05:52, 14 February 2012 (CST)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
That&#039;s strange, my AW Nav has &amp;quot;if then&amp;quot; lines too, and I put them on separate lines with no problem. Ah well all that matters is it got fixed. About helping with SAO, I might be able to do it, but only after I finish Accel World volume 2, not earlier, sorry. I forgot to mention, SAO volume 5 chapter 6 might be sort of free for helping, but chapter 7 is being worked on by Desodus so there might be some sort of problem taking over it... [[User:Xplorer30|Xplorer30]] - [[User_talk:Xplorer30|Talk]] 17:56, 14 February 2012 (CST)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thanks for the offer, but hold off on that AW Nav mod for now. For one I don&#039;t want to psyche myself with your red links, and for another, I want to try to see if I can keep the existing nav for a collapase title. [[User:Xplorer30|Xplorer30]] - [[User_talk:Xplorer30|Talk]] 06:20, 15 February 2012 (CST)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I mod my [[Template:AW Nav|Accel World Nav Template]] to include full content nav, just volume 1, 2 and 10 right now though. It&#039;s not pretty like yours but seems to work fine. Check it out if you want. [[User:Xplorer30|Xplorer30]] - [[User_talk:Xplorer30|Talk]] 07:30, 15 February 2012 (CST)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
About making my AW Nav looking better, only if you can keep the link parts so that I can see where I am going to read next. Sometimes when I get to the bottom of a chapter, I forget which chapter it is, and seeing where I am going exactly instead of just Next helps. [[User:Xplorer30|Xplorer30]] - [[User_talk:Xplorer30|Talk]] 11:42, 15 February 2012 (CST)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I made it look prettier now. Going to leave it like that, unless you want to help me with colors and font size. Thanks, but you don&#039;t need to do any major work on it anymore for now. [[User:Xplorer30|Xplorer30]] - [[User_talk:Xplorer30|Talk]] 14:21, 15 February 2012 (CST)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thanks for your color and alignment mods. I like most of them, except that I will move the chapters back to align left, since making them center looks sort of weird. [[User:Xplorer30|Xplorer30]] - [[User_talk:Xplorer30|Talk]] 11:03, 16 February 2012 (CST)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nope, there&#039;s nothing wrong with it. It&#039;s just I want to sort out a few things out with the project first. Then college got in the way and I ended up forgetting to do it. I&#039;ve got a 2 week break now, so it should be done soon. [[Special:Contributions/31.105.69.35|31.105.69.35]] 03:01, 1 April 2012 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I have been busy lately so Accel World translation is going slow. If someone that is fast and good want to help translate, then nice, but I would rather not get people who is even slower than me working on it. As for editor, go for it since I don&#039;t seem to have too many of those. [[User:Xplorer30|Xplorer30]] - [[User_talk:Xplorer30|Talk]] 00:26, 3 April 2012 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Simultaneous edits ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I don&#039;t think it would be easy to guess if someone is editing at the same time you do. You can perhaps try to find an arrangement, but there&#039;s no way that it&#039;s on purpose. [[User:Kira0802|Kira]] ([[User_talk:Kira0802|Talk]]) 16:24, 3 October 2011 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If a simultaneous edit occurs then the system catches it and the edit page reloads with both versions (yours and the conflicted one&#039;s) in order to let the editor merge his edits with the previously given one. I&#039;d like to think it&#039;s a mistake as well. But just copying everything and then pasting it instead of selective copy pasting is just wrong. Take me for example. I copied the section (using history) that I previously edited and pasted it in the exact place in the current revision in order to make sure that others&#039; edits aren&#039;t harmed as much a possible. Couldn&#039;t the same have been done by the others? [[User:Zero2001|Zero2001]] - [[User_talk:Zero2001|Talk]] -  02:48, 4 October 2011 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==IS==&lt;br /&gt;
Want to ask something. Didi you also fix the punctuation and stuffs vor vol 1 to 4 as well? 14:28, 5 October 2011 Castor212&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mostly yes but as I edited more and more, my understanding of the punctuation and stuff also increased. So I may have to go back and review everything. [[User:Zero2001|Zero2001]] - [[User_talk:Zero2001|Talk]] -  09:35, 5 October 2011 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Did you also fix stuffs like missing &amp;quot; and mispelled words? Particularly in vol 1 [[User:Castor212|Castor212]] 05:36, 6 October 2011 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Like I said before. My understanding of the kind of mistakes that can occur has increased form before. Back then I did not expect missing &amp;quot; to even happen but I did correct many spelling mistakes. But I will need to check again, especially vol 1 and vol 6. [[User:Zero2001|Zero2001]] - [[User_talk:Zero2001|Talk]] -  04:34, 6 October 2011 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Well, if you do check again, please tell me, cuz ill need to update my pdf^^ [[User:Castor212|Castor212]] 05:36, 6 October 2011 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sure. [[User:Zero2001|Zero2001]] - [[User_talk:Zero2001|Talk]] -  11:34, 6 October 2011 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It&#039;s not that I&#039;m trying to inflate my edit count, but there have been several times when I edit the whole page, the page does not register the edits due to some technical error and I can&#039;t get them back. I&#039;m doing exactly just as you said by putting two tabs to make it convenient for editting. As for how I edit, I do it by each part separated by the marker. And what is the deal with inflating the edit count? If it is as you said that this will create conflicts in editting, then I will just revert to trying to edit the whole page. Hopefully, there won&#039;t be such a problem again. I apologise for the inconvenience caused.[[User:Zakashi|Zakashi]] 23:48, 20 June 2012 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Reference System ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
http://www.baka-tsuki.org/forums/viewtopic.php?f=4&amp;amp;t=4582#p114933&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I don&#039;t understand the post, but I think you do. So, is it possible to change the ref system? [[User:Kira0802|Kira]] ([[User_talk:Kira0802|Talk]]) 16:44, 6 October 2011 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Well with this it should be possible to change the ref system... But I can&#039;t say I like the idea. You won&#039;t be able to visually differentiate between the different chapters. Plus normal users can&#039;t edit that page, only sysops can. [[User:Zero2001|Zero2001]] - [[User_talk:Zero2001|Talk]] -  18:14, 6 October 2011 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Navigation Bar==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Can I use your navigation bar templates as a basis to create one for Kyou Kara Maou?&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Stellarroze|Stellarroze]] 22:08, 20 January 2012 (CST)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thanks for offering to create the nav bar for Kyou Kara Maou, I&#039;ll gladly accept it. :) It would have been a whole load of trial and error for me. You can see all the volumes and chapters on the page - http://www.baka-tsuki.org/project/index.php?title=MA_Series#Updates . As for how we name them, it&#039;s &amp;lt;MaruMA&amp;gt; &amp;lt;Prologue / Chapter #&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thanks again.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Novels 1, 3 and 8 only have &amp;quot;Full Text Versions&amp;quot; :S [[User:ClavelSangrante|ClavelSangrante]] 23:02, 21 January 2012 (CST)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As for why the project name isn&#039;t Kyou Kara Maou, &amp;quot;MA Series&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;Maru-MA Series&amp;quot; is the name of the light novels whilst KKM is the name of the anime. I guess I&#039;m too used to using Kyou Kara Maou. Sorry it caused confusion. As for the chapter-volume issue, one of our translators have a problem with the Baka Tsuki general method and would prefer to do it that way for her contributions. Who should I ask to get permission to allow that? Thanks :D [[User:Stellarroze|Stellarroze]] 01:25, 23 January 2012 (CST)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I think that two of our translator have the same problem, I already asked Onizuka- GTO if there´d be a problem. [[User:ClavelSangrante|ClavelSangrante]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From my talk page:&lt;br /&gt;
It was the translators decision to upload the volumes this way, this is the only way we could upload our job (except Stellarroze) we don´t want to post multiple copies of the same thing. So, I hope it will be understandable. We have no problems with future editing or posting it here, we just don´t want to post twice each chapter. These translations were started before uploading them here, so they would be hosted. ClavelSangrante 04:59, 23 January 2012 (CST)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Stellarroze|Stellarroze]] 05:25, 23 January 2012 (CST)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thank you! I forgot to copy it here.[[User:ClavelSangrante|ClavelSangrante]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yes, we talked about that =P Now everything is alright and each volume has its chapters listed. We are new at baka tsuki, I´m sorry fot he mistake :S [[User:ClavelSangrante|ClavelSangrante]] 18:56, 23 January 2012 (CST)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please go ahead :) [[User:Stellarroze|Stellarroze]] 06:26, 25 January 2012 (CST)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thanks a lot for all your help and feel free to take your time. [[User:Stellarroze|Stellarroze]] 08:27, 25 January 2012 (CST)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thanks for helping to make the Nav Bar :) As for those three volumes, we haven&#039;t got the RAWS for them yet so we don&#039;t know how many chapters they have. So, all I have to do is add the code to the bottom of each page now? &lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Stellarroze|Stellarroze]] 11:32, 29 January 2012 (CST)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Well, although I´m not sure about how many chapters they have, the chapters are already listed, at least how many chapters they should have :/&lt;br /&gt;
Thank you for making maruma template [[User:ClavelSangrante|ClavelSangrante]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
https://docs.google.com/document/d/13LhH8VGuxKjDoP42ml_1gHwt-V51SdT4A_vSqjirTBQ/edit Here is the link for the google doc. --[[User:Desodus|Desodus]] 21:18, 22 February 2012 (CST)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==SAO==&lt;br /&gt;
Black Cats of The Full Moon were formed like a own translation group with the intention to post it only if it is complete translated and edited... --[[User:Darklor|Darklor]] 01:44, 23 February 2012 (CST)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Try the wikipedia page on Dungeons and dragons tabletop RPG, pretty sure it is there (under Will save, probably)... I&#039;ve understood it based on reading from a few tabletop RPG based comics -- [[User:Pryun|Pryun]] 23:15, 8 April 2012 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Dungeons_%26_Dragons_gameplay#3rd_edition&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Pryun|Pryun]] 01:34, 9 April 2012 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
OK, go ahead and change it to that. Also, I aint the one TLing Caliber, and so have no idea how to answer your questions. Direct them to HolyCow... --[[User:Pryun|Pryun]] 01:40, 9 April 2012 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Looks good. Just make sure to keep the ref in. --[[User:Pryun|Pryun]] 01:45, 9 April 2012 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
... Unfortunately, it was roll in JP(as in, katakana). But I have no objections about it being changed... just get someone else to agree with you first, I guess --[[User:Pryun|Pryun]] 01:49, 9 April 2012 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hmm... I think there are very small amounts of free Sentinels running around... I guess you can cap em. All of em, if possible. --[[User:Pryun|Pryun]] 01:54, 18 April 2012 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Tenses. ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Well, you&#039;re probably more knowledgeable than me in English, so do teach me a little. I mainly write based on what sounds natural to me, which somehow results in me mixing tenses quite a bit. If you don&#039;t mind, could you explain how tenses would work in the quotes below?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Traditional writers seem to prefer past tense in narratives, regardless of point of view. Not sure if the edits from Pryun were simply due to that, but anyway...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;This might be some sort of fate; I &#039;&#039;&#039;do have&#039;&#039;&#039; a considerable liking for death game themes in fiction, and had gone through many novels, comics, movies and such from all over. Of course, the games I had tend to cover a large variety of themes, but I believe it to be a common theory existing within them.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;This might be some sort of fate; I &#039;&#039;&#039;had&#039;&#039;&#039; a considerable liking for death game themes in fiction, and had gone through many novels, comics, movies and such from all over. Of course, the games I had tend to cover a large variety of themes, but I believe it to be a common theory existing within them.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Kirito&#039;s monologue. It&#039;s likely that he still possesses that liking for the genre even now, but would that count as present tense or past? The part after that would be past, seeing as it was something he experienced in the past, right?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;The chances of Cline&#039;s friends ending up dead, no, the gaze Cline would give me the moment that happens, that was what I was afraid of. I &#039;&#039;&#039;don&#039;t&#039;&#039;&#039; wish to have any unpleasant thoughts, I &#039;&#039;&#039;don&#039;t&#039;&#039;&#039; want to be hurt; with that belief and nothing else in my mind&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;The chances of Cline&#039;s friends ending up dead, no, the gaze Cline would give me the moment that happens, that was what I was afraid of. I &#039;&#039;&#039;didn&#039;t&#039;&#039;&#039; wish to have any unpleasant thoughts, I &#039;&#039;&#039;didn&#039;t&#039;&#039;&#039; want to be hurt; with that belief and nothing else in my mind&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Monologue again. The paragraph starts off with a hypothetical situation of an event that would had happened in the past. The &amp;quot;wish to not be hurt&amp;quot; probably applied in the present, but would that count?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Oh, and you reverted some TL changes I made in that edit, but don&#039;t worry about it; I&#039;ll fix those up afterwards, after your reply.--[[User:Tap|Tap]] 13:08, 13 March 2012 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Footnotes ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hi! Could you please explain to me how to add footnotes? I have no idea. :( Thanks [[User:Stellarroze|Stellarroze]] 18:11, 3 April 2012 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I didn&#039;t see that, thanks for explaining again. :) [[User:Stellarroze|Stellarroze]] 05:11, 4 April 2012 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Caliber SS ==&lt;br /&gt;
Caliber SS is an alternate end to the Caliber arc in Vol 8, a &amp;quot;What if Cline didn&#039;t save Freyja&amp;quot; scenario. I broke the chapter into 3 parts to make navigation easier.&lt;br /&gt;
(The 1st part could be omitted since its 100% the same, but I left it in there to show where the story breaks up from the actual Caliber arc)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Tab spaces ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hello senpai...could you please tell me how to create tab spaces while editing? I have racked my brain over it for quite a while but still haven&#039;t found out a solution. --[[User:Chancs|Chancs]] 06:03, 23 April 2012 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ummmm...what to say...thanks. pretty long instructions. Indentations are easy enough at each starting line since it is in advanced editing. A fellow translator was requiring to put song lyrics in tabs as in the raw. Just have to browse through carefully all the links. Tedious . I don&#039;t like to do tediuos things. I hate to do tediuos things.....enough ranting. Thanks for the help senpai. Even I was curious about the tabs. --[[User:Chancs|Chancs]] 10:33, 23 April 2012 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ahhh nope, the lyrics are like this&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;arastddtgfjf_________tsrstrstystd&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ignore that line and consider it as tab space. Cosider similar 3-4 such lines. --[[User:Chancs|Chancs]] 11:42, 23 April 2012 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Oh thanks. I was kinda playing with that tabulated format in SAO vol 1 index before to somehow learn but was not successful. Your&#039;s made it easier --[[User:Chancs|Chancs]] 15:28, 23 April 2012 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Picture Translation and Editing==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===SAO Pics===&lt;br /&gt;
I added translated text to the page002-003 image of SAO vol.6, it&#039;s on the image page itself as I don&#039;t know how to properly add it to the talk page. Text was translated long ago and it was on the old version page of the images. -- [[User:BeginnerXP|BeginnerXP]] 20:33, 1 May 2012 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you mean the map in vol6, it&#039;s already roughly translated (but unedit which I want to redo eventually), if you mean images in vol7&amp;amp;8, I planned to translate them but currently I&#039;m very far behind my schedule of SAO9 Prologue2, so I can&#039;t do something else yet until it&#039;s finished. All of vol9 images were done though, text are in the image pages, except the map, which I uploaded translated version instead. -- [[User:BeginnerXP|BeginnerXP]] 00:03, 2 May 2012 (CDT) 23:44, 1 May 2012 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Images in volume 6 suffered from the red line, fortunately it wasn&#039;t too time consuming to fix, but images in volume 7 are in completely bad quality, I&#039;m still waiting for better quality scanned but chance seemed to be slim. I already edited images in vol.1-6&amp;amp;9 to be used in my own PDF, but as I didn&#039;t remove JP text so I keep them to myself and only uploaded the maps to wiki. - [[User:BeginnerXP|BeginnerXP]] - [[User_talk:BeginnerXP|Talk]] 01:32, 2 May 2012 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translated. I have no interest whatsoever in fonts, so long as I can read em. The translation is way too literal.--[[User:Pryun|Pryun]] - [[User_talk:Pryun|Talk]] 02:17, 2 May 2012 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Frankly, since you are an editor, you should know that the phrasing is too literal....... --[[User:Pryun|Pryun]] - [[User_talk:Pryun|Talk]] 02:26, 2 May 2012 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The one with Sinon and dark guy talking, on Beginner&#039;s talk page. --[[User:Pryun|Pryun]] - [[User_talk:Pryun|Talk]] 02:33, 2 May 2012 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sinon one: &amp;quot;you/I must always check six at all times&amp;quot;, or &amp;quot;you/I must always be alert at all times.&amp;quot;(frankly, i have no idea what check six is, but can guess based on the context). &amp;quot;check six at all times&amp;quot; is also possible&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Other one:there should be a line(long dash) after &amp;quot;defeated here by me&amp;quot;, then the later part should be &amp;quot;Just watch there as I kill this girl&amp;quot; or something similar. giving rough TN here, no time to give a nice one at the moment. --[[User:Pryun|Pryun]] - [[User_talk:Pryun|Talk]] 02:51, 2 May 2012 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is definitely not wherever. But I&#039;d rather use &amp;quot;at all times&amp;quot; than &amp;quot;whenever&amp;quot;. P.S. I don&#039;t even know who translated those images, so can&#039;t ask...... --[[User:Pryun|Pryun]] - [[User_talk:Pryun|Talk]] 05:13, 2 May 2012 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The text in this picture http://www.baka-tsuki.org/project/index.php?title=File:Sword_Art_Online_Vol_07_-002-003.jpg is completely translated. Can I ask you to edit it? --[[User:M.A.D|M.A.D]] 06:42, 25 May 2012 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you mean the text in volume 7, the image quality is too poor for me to want to spend my time on. But for volume 8, I already did all of them, just I didn&#039;t add them to wiki, you can get the text from my SAO8 PDF I post in forums and edit the images accordingly, you also might need to correct some mistakes as I didn&#039;t want to bother Pryun to look at them with his busy schedule. -- [[User:BeginnerXP|BeginnerXP]] - [[User_talk:BeginnerXP|Talk]] 05:22, 7 June 2012 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== SAO edits ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In case you and Vaelis can&#039;t agree on something, go to Sharramon. He&#039;s the supervisor of the project. However, issues such as format is left to the project administrator, which is to say, Vaelis. [[User:Kira0802|Kira]] ([[User_talk:Kira0802|Talk]]) 21:45, 15 May 2012 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Warning ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I regret to tell you that, while you have the right to debate and support your position civilly, your repeated public criticizing and resorting to making offending and aggressive posts about staff of baka-tsuki on other users&#039; talk pages is seen as an action to sow discord and disharmony in the community, and this will not be tolerated. While it is regrettable, if you choose to continue to pursue your current course of action, a ban will be slapped. --[[User:Larethian|larethian]] 06:24, 16 May 2012 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I understand. At least I&#039;m trying to talk it out. [[User:Zero2001|Zero2001]] - [[User_talk:Zero2001|Talk]] -  07:00, 16 May 2012 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Dude, don&#039;t try to talk it out! Just leave it. Why are you putting so much effort on a debate about &#039;&#039;punctuations&#039;&#039;? I&#039;m sure you spent a lot of time editing those, and god knows I hate it too when the other guy doesn&#039;t see it the way I do. But there are times when it&#039;s simply not worth it. Your debate with Vaelis had cost more space than those quote marks could fill, and the guy is demotivated from actually participating further in SAO project. And I can tell you, from a common reader&#039;s point of view, which is me, it doesn&#039;t matter if straight or curl quotations are used, so long as we can actually read what was quoted. Further more, even though it&#039;s hard to see curlies on a Wiki page, they are more apparent when read in a PDF. It&#039;s not like those thing are completely without merit.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And finally, as a former English-&amp;gt;Vietnamese translator, I can tell you that translators prefer to type what their fingers can reach on the keyboard, which is straight marks. That said, most works would be submitted on BT with straight quotation marks. If Vaelis wants to spend efforts on making them look better with curlies, then for god&#039;s sake, let him. You&#039;re not losing anything from this. --[[User:M.A.D|M.A.D]] 19:21, 16 May 2012 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I understand your point. BTW I&#039;ve already let it go, for now. But, please understand that using straight quote marks actually &#039;&#039;reduces&#039;&#039; the size of the page (Sometimes in the thousands) thus allowing the page to be loaded faster. Oh well. I&#039;ve excluded SAO pages from my quote change list in FoxReplace. I think I&#039;ll wait until a better opportunity presents itself. [[User:Zero2001|Zero2001]] - [[User_talk:Zero2001|Talk]] -  23:32, 16 May 2012 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I&#039;m glad to hear that from you. If you are demotivated too, I&#039;ll feel bad about it, but I guess you&#039;re not the type. Anyway, are you positively sure that the amount of dialogue in a single chapter would provide enough quote marks to make a substantial change? And even if they were.. well, I heard some people like it big and curved *snickers* --[[User:M.A.D|M.A.D]] 18:38, 17 May 2012 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And some like it flat. *Snickers*. Well... actually there is no notable difference in the view mode unless you do an 8x Zoom or use a FullHD monitor (most wont do 8x or have one either). But I have checked in the recent changes after converting a few pages of them. The more dialogues there are the more the page size is reduced after conversion to typewriter quote marks. And since most surfers can&#039;t see the difference, thus it&#039;s the better choice because of the reduction in size. Often the letter count is lowered by a thousand or two. It depends on the number of instances. [[User:Zero2001|Zero2001]] - [[User_talk:Zero2001|Talk]] -  22:13, 17 May 2012 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hmm, guess I will add my part here. Since you have signed up as editor for Accel World, I guess your Zero Check will get there eventually. Let me just tell you before you start, separate your quotation changes from all your other edits please. Just in case a supervisor after me care more about those than I do. It might not be a bad idea for all your Zero Checks in other projects either. [[User:Xplorer30|Xplorer30]] - [[User_talk:Xplorer30|Talk]] 04:39, 18 May 2012 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You have two soaps in the market, both have the same skin-whitening effect but one is twice as expensive as the the other. Which do you choose? [[User:Zero2001|Zero2001]] - [[User_talk:Zero2001|Talk]] -  08:52, 18 May 2012 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I am going to let you do your changes, so what is your problem with separating them from your other edits? That is a very simple request I think. I see it as just a matter of taste, are you the type who wear rough work clothes to a dinner party, or fancy clothes? Since you are a programmer, do you write only in assembler for speed? I just want to prevent another war in the future, when someone undo your quotation edit and destroy all your other work. Or in Vaelis&#039; case, work even harder to fix it. [[User:Xplorer30|Xplorer30]] - [[User_talk:Xplorer30|Talk]] 15:10, 18 May 2012 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Like Xplorer30 said you have to separate your edits in two (for the projects who accept those changes). But my main argument is that this way the other editors (and the translators) can check your grammar/spelling/rewording changes without having to search for them lost in all the punctuation changes. [[User:Vaelis|Vaelis]] 15:21, 18 May 2012 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ohhhh. I get it. You want me to edit twice? Once for punctuation and then for the rest. Okay, that&#039;s reasonable. I thought you wanted me to separate the quotation marks changes from the other punctuation changes and deactivate it for your project in FoxReplace. Like I&#039;ve done for SAO. [[User:Zero2001|Zero2001]] - [[User_talk:Zero2001|Talk]] -  21:43, 18 May 2012 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Kikou Shoujo wa Kizutsukanai ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yep, go ahead. :) [[User:Stellarroze|Stellarroze]] 02:31, 20 May 2012 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Did I ever tell you how awesome you are? :D Oh, and how should my signature be edited? I don&#039;t get it. [[User:Stellarroze|Stellarroze]] 03:10, 22 May 2012 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
hey, thanks for the heads up. But I have no idea how to edit codes, so if it isn&#039;t too much trouble, can you just go ahead and replace all the small hearts with the bigger ones?--[[User:Hayashi s|Hayashi s]] 03:45, 22 May 2012 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I was looking at the furigana template in stella&#039;s part, and I don&#039;t think it flows very well. It&#039;s very jarring to see two different terms in the same word. It only works in Japanese because it&#039;s split into katakana and kanji, but English only has one alphabet. Something about it just feels... off--[[User:Hayashi s|Hayashi s]] 05:02, 22 May 2012 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Part 1, is the only complete translation so far. I&#039;ll continue when my exams are done. [[User:Stellarroze|Stellarroze]] - [[User_talk:Stellarroze|Talk]] 02:22, 28 May 2012 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hah? There&#039;s a Kikou Shoujo anime? Or wrong talk page? :) [[User:Stellarroze|Stellarroze]] - [[User_talk:Stellarroze|Talk]] 12:40, 14 June 2012 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I stopped for a bit, because of college stuff. After next Thursday, I will have a lot of free time. [[User:Stellarroze|Stellarroze]] - [[User_talk:Stellarroze|Talk]] 21:50, 14 June 2012 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Accel World ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I see that you are starting your edits in Accel World. There is something I want to clear up with you. The author rarely uses emphasis on some words or sentences, which I had been using italics for. If you are making thoughts into italics, then those probably need to be bold or something else. He also like to use a lot of sound and action sound effects, which I translate if I can. Do novel sound effects need *? [[User:Xplorer30|Xplorer30]] - [[User_talk:Xplorer30|Talk]] 15:49, 27 June 2012 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I am ok with those thought italics. But since this is all in Haruyuki&#039;s POV, 80% or more are his thoughts, which I normally only put speech like thoughts or things that contain &amp;quot;I&amp;quot; in single quotes to separate them. If you care to put in the work to make them into italics, that&#039;s up to you. Usually the author starts those kind of thoughts with a dash. I will have to use bold(I don&#039;t like underline, since that&#039;s auto thought of as links on the net) for those rare author emphasis now though, since I don&#039;t want people to confuse them as thoughts. As for SFX, putting in * seems to make them into a manga, or can you give me example of actual novels that do those? [[User:Xplorer30|Xplorer30]] - [[User_talk:Xplorer30|Talk]] 16:24, 28 June 2012 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ok, I will use bold for author emphasis, and you can do the same if you bump into any in existing translations since I can&#039;t remember where they all are. I will also keep using single quotes for any SFX I translate, and let you decide when to replace them with *. As for Haruyuki trashing Noumi, it will happen in the longest chapter at the end of the volume, but be prepared for surprises since this story arc continues in the next volume. When those will come out, you know better than to ask. [[User:Xplorer30|Xplorer30]] - [[User_talk:Xplorer30|Talk]] 19:24, 28 June 2012 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== About the em dash ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
En dashes and em dashes are either used with spaces on both sides or with no spaces at all. They are not used with a space on one side. --[[User:Aozf05|aozf05]] 23:36, 29 June 2012 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Well, I see em dashes used with no spaces more often than with spaces in English literature. It might be better if we remove the spaces. --[[User:Aozf05|aozf05]] 23:40, 29 June 2012 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Actually, there are standards. Many English manuals of style dictate that the em dash should not be surrounded by spaces. Some dictate that there should be spaces. None of them dictate that the space should only be on one side. --[[User:Aozf05|aozf05]] 02:31, 30 June 2012 (CDT)&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Aozf05</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.baka-tsuki.org/project/index.php?title=User_talk:Zero2001&amp;diff=165472</id>
		<title>User talk:Zero2001</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.baka-tsuki.org/project/index.php?title=User_talk:Zero2001&amp;diff=165472"/>
		<updated>2012-06-30T04:41:09Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Aozf05: /* About the em dash */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Archives:&#039;&#039;&#039; [[/Archive 1|1]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Punctuation==&lt;br /&gt;
===Somewhat interested in Punctuation Changes===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
How does the bytes work for those anyway? From what you did on IS, the apostrophes for Microsoft Word uses more space than wordpad. Can you explain that to me? Thanks--[[User:Teh Ping|Teh Ping]] 15:19, 29 May 2011 (UCT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 The types of punctuation used formally were: …‘’“” . I used the characters ... and &#039; and &amp;quot; to replace them. The thing is,&lt;br /&gt;
 that every type of character has an id set to it in the form of a combination of bits (01010101). This is done because bits,&lt;br /&gt;
 bytes, kilobytes, megabytes, etc, is how data is stored. In other words &amp;quot; does not equal “ or ” in the storing language.&lt;br /&gt;
 However in English they would mean the same thing. &amp;quot; occurs earlier in the storage character table than “ or ” therefore it&lt;br /&gt;
 has a smaller id. Thus space can be saved by using it. My advice is to either stop using MSWord and use WordPad or TextPad&lt;br /&gt;
 editor. OR... first write in MSWord then take it to TextPad and then use the find and replace functions to switch the above&lt;br /&gt;
 characters. You can also use FoxReplace addon if you are using Firefox but that&#039;s just a little more complex in initializing&lt;br /&gt;
 the settings but the result is that the replacement process becomes fully automated (It&#039;s a major pain if you make a mistake&lt;br /&gt;
 though, if you don&#039;t exclude pages you need to, then the replacement could affect something you did not wish it to). The final&lt;br /&gt;
 way is to use this site&#039;s own search and replace function. [[User:Zero2001|Zero2001]] 15:41, 29 May 2011 (UCT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Personally, I use the FoxReplace method. So there might be &#039;&#039;rare&#039;&#039; cases where something unintended was changed. I apologize for that. [[User:Zero2001|Zero2001]] - [[User_talk:Zero2001|Talk]] -  00:37, 4 June 2011 (UCT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 BTW, … and ... actually do not have any differences in the bytes used. I tried replacing them in an Oreimo chapter, but 0 bytes&lt;br /&gt;
 changed. [[User:Kira0802|Kira]] 14:08, 6 July 2011 (UCT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 Hmm. I suspected as much. Basically that means that the … character is equivalent to three fullstop(.) characters.&lt;br /&gt;
 [[User:Zero2001|Zero2001]] - [[User_talk:Zero2001|Talk]] - 16:49, 6 July 2011 (UCT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===FoxReplace Method===&lt;br /&gt;
If you are using FireFox ([http://www.mozilla.com/en-US/firefox/fx/?ref=logo download here]). All you have to do is install the [https://addons.mozilla.org/en-US/firefox/addon/foxreplace/ FoxReplace addon]. After that create an xml file using Notepad (name it anything you like, for the sake of reference I&#039;ll call it &amp;quot;PuncReplace.xml&amp;quot;) and write the following code into the file &#039;&#039;&#039;(copy as it is, if error occurs then just put it all in one line and try again, if error still happens then you&#039;ll have to input it manually. All are text type except last one which is regex type)&#039;&#039;&#039;:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;substitutionlist version=&amp;quot;0.12&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
   &amp;lt;group&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
     &amp;lt;urls&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
       &amp;lt;url&amp;gt;-http://www.baka-tsuki.org/project/index.php?title=User*&amp;lt;/url&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
       &amp;lt;url&amp;gt;http://www.baka-tsuki.org/*&amp;amp;amp;action=edit*&amp;lt;/url&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
       &amp;lt;url&amp;gt;http://www.baka-tsuki.org/*&amp;amp;amp;action=submit*&amp;lt;/url&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
     &amp;lt;/urls&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
     &amp;lt;substitutions&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
       &amp;lt;substitution casesensitive=&amp;quot;true&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
         &amp;lt;input type=&amp;quot;text&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;quot;…&amp;quot;&amp;lt;/input&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
         &amp;lt;output&amp;gt;&amp;quot;...&amp;quot;&amp;lt;/output&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
       &amp;lt;/substitution&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
       &amp;lt;substitution casesensitive=&amp;quot;true&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
         &amp;lt;input type=&amp;quot;text&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;quot;‘&amp;quot;&amp;lt;/input&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
         &amp;lt;output&amp;gt;&amp;quot;&#039;&amp;quot;&amp;lt;/output&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
       &amp;lt;/substitution&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
       &amp;lt;substitution casesensitive=&amp;quot;true&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
         &amp;lt;input type=&amp;quot;text&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;quot;’&amp;quot;&amp;lt;/input&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
         &amp;lt;output&amp;gt;&amp;quot;&#039;&amp;quot;&amp;lt;/output&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
       &amp;lt;/substitution&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
       &amp;lt;substitution casesensitive=&amp;quot;true&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
         &amp;lt;input type=&amp;quot;text&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;quot;“&amp;quot;&amp;lt;/input&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
         &amp;lt;output&amp;gt;&amp;quot;&amp;quot;&amp;quot;&amp;lt;/output&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
       &amp;lt;/substitution&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
       &amp;lt;substitution casesensitive=&amp;quot;true&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
         &amp;lt;input type=&amp;quot;text&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;quot;”&amp;quot;&amp;lt;/input&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
         &amp;lt;output&amp;gt;&amp;quot;&amp;quot;&amp;quot;&amp;lt;/output&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
       &amp;lt;/substitution&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
       &amp;lt;substitution casesensitive=&amp;quot;true&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
         &amp;lt;input type=&amp;quot;text&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;quot;&amp;amp;lt;!—&amp;quot;&amp;lt;/input&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
         &amp;lt;output&amp;gt;&amp;quot;&amp;amp;lt;!--&amp;quot;&amp;lt;/output&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
       &amp;lt;/substitution&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
       &amp;lt;substitution casesensitive=&amp;quot;true&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
         &amp;lt;input type=&amp;quot;text&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;quot;  &amp;quot;&amp;lt;/input&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
         &amp;lt;output&amp;gt;&amp;quot; &amp;quot;&amp;lt;/output&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
       &amp;lt;/substitution&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
       &amp;lt;substitution&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
         &amp;lt;input type=&amp;quot;regexp&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;quot;[ \t]+\n&amp;quot;&amp;lt;/input&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
         &amp;lt;output&amp;gt;&amp;quot;\n&amp;quot;&amp;lt;/output&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
       &amp;lt;/substitution&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
     &amp;lt;/substitutions&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
   &amp;lt;/group&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;/substitutionlist&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Save the file.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After that, (in Firefox) go to FoxReplace options and click the &amp;quot;Import&amp;quot; button, choose the xml file you made (&amp;quot;PuncReplace.xml&amp;quot;).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The settings will automatically load into FoxReplace.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click the &amp;quot;Okay&amp;quot; button and after that whenever you edit or see the preview of the edits the FoxReplace addon will automatically make the appropriate substitutions. Good Hunting! [[User:Zero2001|Zero2001]] - [[User_talk:Zero2001|Talk]] -  17:10, 6 July 2011 (UCT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Stuttering===&lt;br /&gt;
Everyone should be warned. Stuttering is denoted differently in Japanese and English. In Japanese stuttering is denoted by &#039;&#039;&#039;comma&#039;&#039;&#039; or three dots. Whereas in English stuttering is denoted by &#039;&#039;&#039;hyphen&#039;&#039;&#039; or three dots. The reason is to ensure that the &amp;lt;big&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;I&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/big&amp;gt; in stuttering words like &amp;lt;big&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;I-I&#039;&#039;&#039;t&amp;lt;/big&amp;gt; aren&#039;t mistaken with the self reference word &amp;lt;big&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;I&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/big&amp;gt;. There are other similar instances as well. Since &#039;&#039;&#039;commas&#039;&#039;&#039; would allow for such mistakes to happen thus &#039;&#039;&#039;hyphens&#039;&#039;&#039; are used instead. Such conflicts do not occur in Japanese (due to watashi, boku, etc instead of in English where &amp;lt;big&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;I&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/big&amp;gt; can be confused since most stutterings are of words that start with &amp;lt;big&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;I&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/big&amp;gt; or similar circumstances, &amp;lt;big&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;A&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/big&amp;gt; is another one). [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Stutter#Primary_behaviors See here.] Take care to properly translate thus. [[User:Zero2001|Zero2001]] - [[User_talk:Zero2001|Talk]] -  12:37, 9 February 2012 (CST)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Messages==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If its not too much trouble, can you change the template nav on Toaru Majustsu no Index from Spin-Offs to Side Story&#039;s? Well this is not an urgent matter so its fine if its done within a month or so. --[[User:Hiro Hayase|Hiro Hayase]] 15:32, 3 September 2011 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Alright then, thanks. -[[User:Hiro Hayase|Hiro Hayase]] 23:16, 3 September 2011 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I have just received the green-light from Teh Ping, you&#039;re free to make the changes at any time now. -[[User:Hiro Hayase|Hiro Hayase]] 00:55, 4 September 2011 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I talked it over with him on Animesuki forums, but I told him to message you later about implementing the changes since you need a direct confirmation. -[[User:Hiro Hayase|Hiro Hayase]] 21:03, 4 September 2011 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yup, I gave Hiro Hayase the green light--[[User:Teh Ping|Teh Ping]] 23:14, 4 September 2011 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On Infinite Stratos. Young Japanese women or school girls usually say &amp;quot;Ehhh~&amp;quot; just to sound cute or in a cutesy manner in Japanese societyespecially in conversations between fellow woman. So its better to keep them in most cases in IS. It&#039;s staying true to the author&#039;s original intent since &amp;quot;Whaaat&amp;quot; isn&#039;t very cute sounding for the most part, although it does fit in the sentence. -[[User:Hiro Hayase|Hiro Hayase]] 22:01, 7 September 2011 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thanks, please do that then. -[[User:Hiro Hayase|Hiro Hayase]] 01:08, 8 September 2011 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Can I ask you help me change all these unnecessary got&#039;s in IS? The got&#039;s are far to numerous and could easily be replaced to was, were, get, become, became, and etc. Except in dialogues since grammar doesn&#039;t matter much there. I don&#039;t think it changes the meaning if you change it. -[[User:Hiro Hayase|Hiro Hayase]] 19:05, 17 September 2011 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Agreed, two heads are better than one. Let&#039;s do as you proposed then. -[[User:Hiro Hayase|Hiro Hayase]] 22:41, 17 September 2011 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zero, I&#039;ve just logged in now and saw this wonderful template you created. It&#039;s very handy. Thank you so much! sorry for saying thank you so late. &lt;br /&gt;
BTW, I&#039;ve just uploaded a chapter. It&#039;s shown in the collapsable Nav Template. My questions are:&lt;br /&gt;
1. Is there a link where I can go directly to the Nav rather than clicking it from the msg you left on CSR? &lt;br /&gt;
2. What edits do I need to make so that on the main page of CSR, it&#039;s shown that the chapter has been uploaded? (I did the usual edit but the chapter - vol 15, Ch1 - is still red in colour)&lt;br /&gt;
I&#039;m terrible with computer codes and stuff. Thanks in advance for the help!&lt;br /&gt;
-[[User:Blewin|Blewin]] 21-10-11&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==AW Nav bar==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hi, I added parts incomplete to your Incomplete template. Somehow the display is messed up, can you see if you can fix it? Thanks. Check this link to see how it looks now - [[Accel_World:Volume_10_Chapter_3|Accel World Volume 10 Chapter 3]]. [[User:Xplorer30|Xplorer30]] - [[User_talk:Xplorer30|Talk]] 05:18, 14 February 2012 (CST)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thanks for the quick fix. I looked at it too but couldn&#039;t find what&#039;s wrong. Still not too sure how you fixed it either. All those brackets make me dizzy. [[User:Xplorer30|Xplorer30]] - [[User_talk:Xplorer30|Talk]] 05:52, 14 February 2012 (CST)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
That&#039;s strange, my AW Nav has &amp;quot;if then&amp;quot; lines too, and I put them on separate lines with no problem. Ah well all that matters is it got fixed. About helping with SAO, I might be able to do it, but only after I finish Accel World volume 2, not earlier, sorry. I forgot to mention, SAO volume 5 chapter 6 might be sort of free for helping, but chapter 7 is being worked on by Desodus so there might be some sort of problem taking over it... [[User:Xplorer30|Xplorer30]] - [[User_talk:Xplorer30|Talk]] 17:56, 14 February 2012 (CST)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thanks for the offer, but hold off on that AW Nav mod for now. For one I don&#039;t want to psyche myself with your red links, and for another, I want to try to see if I can keep the existing nav for a collapase title. [[User:Xplorer30|Xplorer30]] - [[User_talk:Xplorer30|Talk]] 06:20, 15 February 2012 (CST)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I mod my [[Template:AW Nav|Accel World Nav Template]] to include full content nav, just volume 1, 2 and 10 right now though. It&#039;s not pretty like yours but seems to work fine. Check it out if you want. [[User:Xplorer30|Xplorer30]] - [[User_talk:Xplorer30|Talk]] 07:30, 15 February 2012 (CST)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
About making my AW Nav looking better, only if you can keep the link parts so that I can see where I am going to read next. Sometimes when I get to the bottom of a chapter, I forget which chapter it is, and seeing where I am going exactly instead of just Next helps. [[User:Xplorer30|Xplorer30]] - [[User_talk:Xplorer30|Talk]] 11:42, 15 February 2012 (CST)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I made it look prettier now. Going to leave it like that, unless you want to help me with colors and font size. Thanks, but you don&#039;t need to do any major work on it anymore for now. [[User:Xplorer30|Xplorer30]] - [[User_talk:Xplorer30|Talk]] 14:21, 15 February 2012 (CST)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thanks for your color and alignment mods. I like most of them, except that I will move the chapters back to align left, since making them center looks sort of weird. [[User:Xplorer30|Xplorer30]] - [[User_talk:Xplorer30|Talk]] 11:03, 16 February 2012 (CST)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nope, there&#039;s nothing wrong with it. It&#039;s just I want to sort out a few things out with the project first. Then college got in the way and I ended up forgetting to do it. I&#039;ve got a 2 week break now, so it should be done soon. [[Special:Contributions/31.105.69.35|31.105.69.35]] 03:01, 1 April 2012 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I have been busy lately so Accel World translation is going slow. If someone that is fast and good want to help translate, then nice, but I would rather not get people who is even slower than me working on it. As for editor, go for it since I don&#039;t seem to have too many of those. [[User:Xplorer30|Xplorer30]] - [[User_talk:Xplorer30|Talk]] 00:26, 3 April 2012 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Simultaneous edits ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I don&#039;t think it would be easy to guess if someone is editing at the same time you do. You can perhaps try to find an arrangement, but there&#039;s no way that it&#039;s on purpose. [[User:Kira0802|Kira]] ([[User_talk:Kira0802|Talk]]) 16:24, 3 October 2011 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If a simultaneous edit occurs then the system catches it and the edit page reloads with both versions (yours and the conflicted one&#039;s) in order to let the editor merge his edits with the previously given one. I&#039;d like to think it&#039;s a mistake as well. But just copying everything and then pasting it instead of selective copy pasting is just wrong. Take me for example. I copied the section (using history) that I previously edited and pasted it in the exact place in the current revision in order to make sure that others&#039; edits aren&#039;t harmed as much a possible. Couldn&#039;t the same have been done by the others? [[User:Zero2001|Zero2001]] - [[User_talk:Zero2001|Talk]] -  02:48, 4 October 2011 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==IS==&lt;br /&gt;
Want to ask something. Didi you also fix the punctuation and stuffs vor vol 1 to 4 as well? 14:28, 5 October 2011 Castor212&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mostly yes but as I edited more and more, my understanding of the punctuation and stuff also increased. So I may have to go back and review everything. [[User:Zero2001|Zero2001]] - [[User_talk:Zero2001|Talk]] -  09:35, 5 October 2011 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Did you also fix stuffs like missing &amp;quot; and mispelled words? Particularly in vol 1 [[User:Castor212|Castor212]] 05:36, 6 October 2011 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Like I said before. My understanding of the kind of mistakes that can occur has increased form before. Back then I did not expect missing &amp;quot; to even happen but I did correct many spelling mistakes. But I will need to check again, especially vol 1 and vol 6. [[User:Zero2001|Zero2001]] - [[User_talk:Zero2001|Talk]] -  04:34, 6 October 2011 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Well, if you do check again, please tell me, cuz ill need to update my pdf^^ [[User:Castor212|Castor212]] 05:36, 6 October 2011 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sure. [[User:Zero2001|Zero2001]] - [[User_talk:Zero2001|Talk]] -  11:34, 6 October 2011 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It&#039;s not that I&#039;m trying to inflate my edit count, but there have been several times when I edit the whole page, the page does not register the edits due to some technical error and I can&#039;t get them back. I&#039;m doing exactly just as you said by putting two tabs to make it convenient for editting. As for how I edit, I do it by each part separated by the marker. And what is the deal with inflating the edit count? If it is as you said that this will create conflicts in editting, then I will just revert to trying to edit the whole page. Hopefully, there won&#039;t be such a problem again. I apologise for the inconvenience caused.[[User:Zakashi|Zakashi]] 23:48, 20 June 2012 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Reference System ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
http://www.baka-tsuki.org/forums/viewtopic.php?f=4&amp;amp;t=4582#p114933&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I don&#039;t understand the post, but I think you do. So, is it possible to change the ref system? [[User:Kira0802|Kira]] ([[User_talk:Kira0802|Talk]]) 16:44, 6 October 2011 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Well with this it should be possible to change the ref system... But I can&#039;t say I like the idea. You won&#039;t be able to visually differentiate between the different chapters. Plus normal users can&#039;t edit that page, only sysops can. [[User:Zero2001|Zero2001]] - [[User_talk:Zero2001|Talk]] -  18:14, 6 October 2011 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Navigation Bar==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Can I use your navigation bar templates as a basis to create one for Kyou Kara Maou?&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Stellarroze|Stellarroze]] 22:08, 20 January 2012 (CST)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thanks for offering to create the nav bar for Kyou Kara Maou, I&#039;ll gladly accept it. :) It would have been a whole load of trial and error for me. You can see all the volumes and chapters on the page - http://www.baka-tsuki.org/project/index.php?title=MA_Series#Updates . As for how we name them, it&#039;s &amp;lt;MaruMA&amp;gt; &amp;lt;Prologue / Chapter #&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thanks again.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Novels 1, 3 and 8 only have &amp;quot;Full Text Versions&amp;quot; :S [[User:ClavelSangrante|ClavelSangrante]] 23:02, 21 January 2012 (CST)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As for why the project name isn&#039;t Kyou Kara Maou, &amp;quot;MA Series&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;Maru-MA Series&amp;quot; is the name of the light novels whilst KKM is the name of the anime. I guess I&#039;m too used to using Kyou Kara Maou. Sorry it caused confusion. As for the chapter-volume issue, one of our translators have a problem with the Baka Tsuki general method and would prefer to do it that way for her contributions. Who should I ask to get permission to allow that? Thanks :D [[User:Stellarroze|Stellarroze]] 01:25, 23 January 2012 (CST)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I think that two of our translator have the same problem, I already asked Onizuka- GTO if there´d be a problem. [[User:ClavelSangrante|ClavelSangrante]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From my talk page:&lt;br /&gt;
It was the translators decision to upload the volumes this way, this is the only way we could upload our job (except Stellarroze) we don´t want to post multiple copies of the same thing. So, I hope it will be understandable. We have no problems with future editing or posting it here, we just don´t want to post twice each chapter. These translations were started before uploading them here, so they would be hosted. ClavelSangrante 04:59, 23 January 2012 (CST)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Stellarroze|Stellarroze]] 05:25, 23 January 2012 (CST)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thank you! I forgot to copy it here.[[User:ClavelSangrante|ClavelSangrante]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yes, we talked about that =P Now everything is alright and each volume has its chapters listed. We are new at baka tsuki, I´m sorry fot he mistake :S [[User:ClavelSangrante|ClavelSangrante]] 18:56, 23 January 2012 (CST)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please go ahead :) [[User:Stellarroze|Stellarroze]] 06:26, 25 January 2012 (CST)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thanks a lot for all your help and feel free to take your time. [[User:Stellarroze|Stellarroze]] 08:27, 25 January 2012 (CST)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thanks for helping to make the Nav Bar :) As for those three volumes, we haven&#039;t got the RAWS for them yet so we don&#039;t know how many chapters they have. So, all I have to do is add the code to the bottom of each page now? &lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Stellarroze|Stellarroze]] 11:32, 29 January 2012 (CST)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Well, although I´m not sure about how many chapters they have, the chapters are already listed, at least how many chapters they should have :/&lt;br /&gt;
Thank you for making maruma template [[User:ClavelSangrante|ClavelSangrante]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
https://docs.google.com/document/d/13LhH8VGuxKjDoP42ml_1gHwt-V51SdT4A_vSqjirTBQ/edit Here is the link for the google doc. --[[User:Desodus|Desodus]] 21:18, 22 February 2012 (CST)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==SAO==&lt;br /&gt;
Black Cats of The Full Moon were formed like a own translation group with the intention to post it only if it is complete translated and edited... --[[User:Darklor|Darklor]] 01:44, 23 February 2012 (CST)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Try the wikipedia page on Dungeons and dragons tabletop RPG, pretty sure it is there (under Will save, probably)... I&#039;ve understood it based on reading from a few tabletop RPG based comics -- [[User:Pryun|Pryun]] 23:15, 8 April 2012 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Dungeons_%26_Dragons_gameplay#3rd_edition&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Pryun|Pryun]] 01:34, 9 April 2012 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
OK, go ahead and change it to that. Also, I aint the one TLing Caliber, and so have no idea how to answer your questions. Direct them to HolyCow... --[[User:Pryun|Pryun]] 01:40, 9 April 2012 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Looks good. Just make sure to keep the ref in. --[[User:Pryun|Pryun]] 01:45, 9 April 2012 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
... Unfortunately, it was roll in JP(as in, katakana). But I have no objections about it being changed... just get someone else to agree with you first, I guess --[[User:Pryun|Pryun]] 01:49, 9 April 2012 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hmm... I think there are very small amounts of free Sentinels running around... I guess you can cap em. All of em, if possible. --[[User:Pryun|Pryun]] 01:54, 18 April 2012 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Tenses. ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Well, you&#039;re probably more knowledgeable than me in English, so do teach me a little. I mainly write based on what sounds natural to me, which somehow results in me mixing tenses quite a bit. If you don&#039;t mind, could you explain how tenses would work in the quotes below?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Traditional writers seem to prefer past tense in narratives, regardless of point of view. Not sure if the edits from Pryun were simply due to that, but anyway...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;This might be some sort of fate; I &#039;&#039;&#039;do have&#039;&#039;&#039; a considerable liking for death game themes in fiction, and had gone through many novels, comics, movies and such from all over. Of course, the games I had tend to cover a large variety of themes, but I believe it to be a common theory existing within them.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;This might be some sort of fate; I &#039;&#039;&#039;had&#039;&#039;&#039; a considerable liking for death game themes in fiction, and had gone through many novels, comics, movies and such from all over. Of course, the games I had tend to cover a large variety of themes, but I believe it to be a common theory existing within them.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Kirito&#039;s monologue. It&#039;s likely that he still possesses that liking for the genre even now, but would that count as present tense or past? The part after that would be past, seeing as it was something he experienced in the past, right?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;The chances of Cline&#039;s friends ending up dead, no, the gaze Cline would give me the moment that happens, that was what I was afraid of. I &#039;&#039;&#039;don&#039;t&#039;&#039;&#039; wish to have any unpleasant thoughts, I &#039;&#039;&#039;don&#039;t&#039;&#039;&#039; want to be hurt; with that belief and nothing else in my mind&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;The chances of Cline&#039;s friends ending up dead, no, the gaze Cline would give me the moment that happens, that was what I was afraid of. I &#039;&#039;&#039;didn&#039;t&#039;&#039;&#039; wish to have any unpleasant thoughts, I &#039;&#039;&#039;didn&#039;t&#039;&#039;&#039; want to be hurt; with that belief and nothing else in my mind&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Monologue again. The paragraph starts off with a hypothetical situation of an event that would had happened in the past. The &amp;quot;wish to not be hurt&amp;quot; probably applied in the present, but would that count?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Oh, and you reverted some TL changes I made in that edit, but don&#039;t worry about it; I&#039;ll fix those up afterwards, after your reply.--[[User:Tap|Tap]] 13:08, 13 March 2012 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Footnotes ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hi! Could you please explain to me how to add footnotes? I have no idea. :( Thanks [[User:Stellarroze|Stellarroze]] 18:11, 3 April 2012 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I didn&#039;t see that, thanks for explaining again. :) [[User:Stellarroze|Stellarroze]] 05:11, 4 April 2012 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Caliber SS ==&lt;br /&gt;
Caliber SS is an alternate end to the Caliber arc in Vol 8, a &amp;quot;What if Cline didn&#039;t save Freyja&amp;quot; scenario. I broke the chapter into 3 parts to make navigation easier.&lt;br /&gt;
(The 1st part could be omitted since its 100% the same, but I left it in there to show where the story breaks up from the actual Caliber arc)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Tab spaces ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hello senpai...could you please tell me how to create tab spaces while editing? I have racked my brain over it for quite a while but still haven&#039;t found out a solution. --[[User:Chancs|Chancs]] 06:03, 23 April 2012 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ummmm...what to say...thanks. pretty long instructions. Indentations are easy enough at each starting line since it is in advanced editing. A fellow translator was requiring to put song lyrics in tabs as in the raw. Just have to browse through carefully all the links. Tedious . I don&#039;t like to do tediuos things. I hate to do tediuos things.....enough ranting. Thanks for the help senpai. Even I was curious about the tabs. --[[User:Chancs|Chancs]] 10:33, 23 April 2012 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ahhh nope, the lyrics are like this&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;arastddtgfjf_________tsrstrstystd&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ignore that line and consider it as tab space. Cosider similar 3-4 such lines. --[[User:Chancs|Chancs]] 11:42, 23 April 2012 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Oh thanks. I was kinda playing with that tabulated format in SAO vol 1 index before to somehow learn but was not successful. Your&#039;s made it easier --[[User:Chancs|Chancs]] 15:28, 23 April 2012 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Picture Translation and Editing==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===SAO Pics===&lt;br /&gt;
I added translated text to the page002-003 image of SAO vol.6, it&#039;s on the image page itself as I don&#039;t know how to properly add it to the talk page. Text was translated long ago and it was on the old version page of the images. -- [[User:BeginnerXP|BeginnerXP]] 20:33, 1 May 2012 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you mean the map in vol6, it&#039;s already roughly translated (but unedit which I want to redo eventually), if you mean images in vol7&amp;amp;8, I planned to translate them but currently I&#039;m very far behind my schedule of SAO9 Prologue2, so I can&#039;t do something else yet until it&#039;s finished. All of vol9 images were done though, text are in the image pages, except the map, which I uploaded translated version instead. -- [[User:BeginnerXP|BeginnerXP]] 00:03, 2 May 2012 (CDT) 23:44, 1 May 2012 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Images in volume 6 suffered from the red line, fortunately it wasn&#039;t too time consuming to fix, but images in volume 7 are in completely bad quality, I&#039;m still waiting for better quality scanned but chance seemed to be slim. I already edited images in vol.1-6&amp;amp;9 to be used in my own PDF, but as I didn&#039;t remove JP text so I keep them to myself and only uploaded the maps to wiki. - [[User:BeginnerXP|BeginnerXP]] - [[User_talk:BeginnerXP|Talk]] 01:32, 2 May 2012 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translated. I have no interest whatsoever in fonts, so long as I can read em. The translation is way too literal.--[[User:Pryun|Pryun]] - [[User_talk:Pryun|Talk]] 02:17, 2 May 2012 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Frankly, since you are an editor, you should know that the phrasing is too literal....... --[[User:Pryun|Pryun]] - [[User_talk:Pryun|Talk]] 02:26, 2 May 2012 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The one with Sinon and dark guy talking, on Beginner&#039;s talk page. --[[User:Pryun|Pryun]] - [[User_talk:Pryun|Talk]] 02:33, 2 May 2012 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sinon one: &amp;quot;you/I must always check six at all times&amp;quot;, or &amp;quot;you/I must always be alert at all times.&amp;quot;(frankly, i have no idea what check six is, but can guess based on the context). &amp;quot;check six at all times&amp;quot; is also possible&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Other one:there should be a line(long dash) after &amp;quot;defeated here by me&amp;quot;, then the later part should be &amp;quot;Just watch there as I kill this girl&amp;quot; or something similar. giving rough TN here, no time to give a nice one at the moment. --[[User:Pryun|Pryun]] - [[User_talk:Pryun|Talk]] 02:51, 2 May 2012 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is definitely not wherever. But I&#039;d rather use &amp;quot;at all times&amp;quot; than &amp;quot;whenever&amp;quot;. P.S. I don&#039;t even know who translated those images, so can&#039;t ask...... --[[User:Pryun|Pryun]] - [[User_talk:Pryun|Talk]] 05:13, 2 May 2012 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The text in this picture http://www.baka-tsuki.org/project/index.php?title=File:Sword_Art_Online_Vol_07_-002-003.jpg is completely translated. Can I ask you to edit it? --[[User:M.A.D|M.A.D]] 06:42, 25 May 2012 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you mean the text in volume 7, the image quality is too poor for me to want to spend my time on. But for volume 8, I already did all of them, just I didn&#039;t add them to wiki, you can get the text from my SAO8 PDF I post in forums and edit the images accordingly, you also might need to correct some mistakes as I didn&#039;t want to bother Pryun to look at them with his busy schedule. -- [[User:BeginnerXP|BeginnerXP]] - [[User_talk:BeginnerXP|Talk]] 05:22, 7 June 2012 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== SAO edits ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In case you and Vaelis can&#039;t agree on something, go to Sharramon. He&#039;s the supervisor of the project. However, issues such as format is left to the project administrator, which is to say, Vaelis. [[User:Kira0802|Kira]] ([[User_talk:Kira0802|Talk]]) 21:45, 15 May 2012 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Warning ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I regret to tell you that, while you have the right to debate and support your position civilly, your repeated public criticizing and resorting to making offending and aggressive posts about staff of baka-tsuki on other users&#039; talk pages is seen as an action to sow discord and disharmony in the community, and this will not be tolerated. While it is regrettable, if you choose to continue to pursue your current course of action, a ban will be slapped. --[[User:Larethian|larethian]] 06:24, 16 May 2012 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I understand. At least I&#039;m trying to talk it out. [[User:Zero2001|Zero2001]] - [[User_talk:Zero2001|Talk]] -  07:00, 16 May 2012 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Dude, don&#039;t try to talk it out! Just leave it. Why are you putting so much effort on a debate about &#039;&#039;punctuations&#039;&#039;? I&#039;m sure you spent a lot of time editing those, and god knows I hate it too when the other guy doesn&#039;t see it the way I do. But there are times when it&#039;s simply not worth it. Your debate with Vaelis had cost more space than those quote marks could fill, and the guy is demotivated from actually participating further in SAO project. And I can tell you, from a common reader&#039;s point of view, which is me, it doesn&#039;t matter if straight or curl quotations are used, so long as we can actually read what was quoted. Further more, even though it&#039;s hard to see curlies on a Wiki page, they are more apparent when read in a PDF. It&#039;s not like those thing are completely without merit.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And finally, as a former English-&amp;gt;Vietnamese translator, I can tell you that translators prefer to type what their fingers can reach on the keyboard, which is straight marks. That said, most works would be submitted on BT with straight quotation marks. If Vaelis wants to spend efforts on making them look better with curlies, then for god&#039;s sake, let him. You&#039;re not losing anything from this. --[[User:M.A.D|M.A.D]] 19:21, 16 May 2012 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I understand your point. BTW I&#039;ve already let it go, for now. But, please understand that using straight quote marks actually &#039;&#039;reduces&#039;&#039; the size of the page (Sometimes in the thousands) thus allowing the page to be loaded faster. Oh well. I&#039;ve excluded SAO pages from my quote change list in FoxReplace. I think I&#039;ll wait until a better opportunity presents itself. [[User:Zero2001|Zero2001]] - [[User_talk:Zero2001|Talk]] -  23:32, 16 May 2012 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I&#039;m glad to hear that from you. If you are demotivated too, I&#039;ll feel bad about it, but I guess you&#039;re not the type. Anyway, are you positively sure that the amount of dialogue in a single chapter would provide enough quote marks to make a substantial change? And even if they were.. well, I heard some people like it big and curved *snickers* --[[User:M.A.D|M.A.D]] 18:38, 17 May 2012 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And some like it flat. *Snickers*. Well... actually there is no notable difference in the view mode unless you do an 8x Zoom or use a FullHD monitor (most wont do 8x or have one either). But I have checked in the recent changes after converting a few pages of them. The more dialogues there are the more the page size is reduced after conversion to typewriter quote marks. And since most surfers can&#039;t see the difference, thus it&#039;s the better choice because of the reduction in size. Often the letter count is lowered by a thousand or two. It depends on the number of instances. [[User:Zero2001|Zero2001]] - [[User_talk:Zero2001|Talk]] -  22:13, 17 May 2012 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hmm, guess I will add my part here. Since you have signed up as editor for Accel World, I guess your Zero Check will get there eventually. Let me just tell you before you start, separate your quotation changes from all your other edits please. Just in case a supervisor after me care more about those than I do. It might not be a bad idea for all your Zero Checks in other projects either. [[User:Xplorer30|Xplorer30]] - [[User_talk:Xplorer30|Talk]] 04:39, 18 May 2012 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You have two soaps in the market, both have the same skin-whitening effect but one is twice as expensive as the the other. Which do you choose? [[User:Zero2001|Zero2001]] - [[User_talk:Zero2001|Talk]] -  08:52, 18 May 2012 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I am going to let you do your changes, so what is your problem with separating them from your other edits? That is a very simple request I think. I see it as just a matter of taste, are you the type who wear rough work clothes to a dinner party, or fancy clothes? Since you are a programmer, do you write only in assembler for speed? I just want to prevent another war in the future, when someone undo your quotation edit and destroy all your other work. Or in Vaelis&#039; case, work even harder to fix it. [[User:Xplorer30|Xplorer30]] - [[User_talk:Xplorer30|Talk]] 15:10, 18 May 2012 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Like Xplorer30 said you have to separate your edits in two (for the projects who accept those changes). But my main argument is that this way the other editors (and the translators) can check your grammar/spelling/rewording changes without having to search for them lost in all the punctuation changes. [[User:Vaelis|Vaelis]] 15:21, 18 May 2012 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ohhhh. I get it. You want me to edit twice? Once for punctuation and then for the rest. Okay, that&#039;s reasonable. I thought you wanted me to separate the quotation marks changes from the other punctuation changes and deactivate it for your project in FoxReplace. Like I&#039;ve done for SAO. [[User:Zero2001|Zero2001]] - [[User_talk:Zero2001|Talk]] -  21:43, 18 May 2012 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Kikou Shoujo wa Kizutsukanai ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yep, go ahead. :) [[User:Stellarroze|Stellarroze]] 02:31, 20 May 2012 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Did I ever tell you how awesome you are? :D Oh, and how should my signature be edited? I don&#039;t get it. [[User:Stellarroze|Stellarroze]] 03:10, 22 May 2012 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
hey, thanks for the heads up. But I have no idea how to edit codes, so if it isn&#039;t too much trouble, can you just go ahead and replace all the small hearts with the bigger ones?--[[User:Hayashi s|Hayashi s]] 03:45, 22 May 2012 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I was looking at the furigana template in stella&#039;s part, and I don&#039;t think it flows very well. It&#039;s very jarring to see two different terms in the same word. It only works in Japanese because it&#039;s split into katakana and kanji, but English only has one alphabet. Something about it just feels... off--[[User:Hayashi s|Hayashi s]] 05:02, 22 May 2012 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Part 1, is the only complete translation so far. I&#039;ll continue when my exams are done. [[User:Stellarroze|Stellarroze]] - [[User_talk:Stellarroze|Talk]] 02:22, 28 May 2012 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hah? There&#039;s a Kikou Shoujo anime? Or wrong talk page? :) [[User:Stellarroze|Stellarroze]] - [[User_talk:Stellarroze|Talk]] 12:40, 14 June 2012 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I stopped for a bit, because of college stuff. After next Thursday, I will have a lot of free time. [[User:Stellarroze|Stellarroze]] - [[User_talk:Stellarroze|Talk]] 21:50, 14 June 2012 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Accel World ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I see that you are starting your edits in Accel World. There is something I want to clear up with you. The author rarely uses emphasis on some words or sentences, which I had been using italics for. If you are making thoughts into italics, then those probably need to be bold or something else. He also like to use a lot of sound and action sound effects, which I translate if I can. Do novel sound effects need *? [[User:Xplorer30|Xplorer30]] - [[User_talk:Xplorer30|Talk]] 15:49, 27 June 2012 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I am ok with those thought italics. But since this is all in Haruyuki&#039;s POV, 80% or more are his thoughts, which I normally only put speech like thoughts or things that contain &amp;quot;I&amp;quot; in single quotes to separate them. If you care to put in the work to make them into italics, that&#039;s up to you. Usually the author starts those kind of thoughts with a dash. I will have to use bold(I don&#039;t like underline, since that&#039;s auto thought of as links on the net) for those rare author emphasis now though, since I don&#039;t want people to confuse them as thoughts. As for SFX, putting in * seems to make them into a manga, or can you give me example of actual novels that do those? [[User:Xplorer30|Xplorer30]] - [[User_talk:Xplorer30|Talk]] 16:24, 28 June 2012 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ok, I will use bold for author emphasis, and you can do the same if you bump into any in existing translations since I can&#039;t remember where they all are. I will also keep using single quotes for any SFX I translate, and let you decide when to replace them with *. As for Haruyuki trashing Noumi, it will happen in the longest chapter at the end of the volume, but be prepared for surprises since this story arc continues in the next volume. When those will come out, you know better than to ask. [[User:Xplorer30|Xplorer30]] - [[User_talk:Xplorer30|Talk]] 19:24, 28 June 2012 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== About the em dash ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
En dashes and em dashes are either used with spaces on both sides or with no spaces at all. They are not used with a space on one side. --[[User:Aozf05|aozf05]] 23:36, 29 June 2012 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Well, I see em dashes used with no spaces more often than with spaces in English literature. It might be better if we remove the spaces. --[[User:Aozf05|aozf05]] 23:40, 29 June 2012 (CDT)&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Aozf05</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.baka-tsuki.org/project/index.php?title=User_talk:Zero2001&amp;diff=165471</id>
		<title>User talk:Zero2001</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.baka-tsuki.org/project/index.php?title=User_talk:Zero2001&amp;diff=165471"/>
		<updated>2012-06-30T04:40:39Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Aozf05: /* About the em dash */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Archives:&#039;&#039;&#039; [[/Archive 1|1]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Punctuation==&lt;br /&gt;
===Somewhat interested in Punctuation Changes===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
How does the bytes work for those anyway? From what you did on IS, the apostrophes for Microsoft Word uses more space than wordpad. Can you explain that to me? Thanks--[[User:Teh Ping|Teh Ping]] 15:19, 29 May 2011 (UCT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 The types of punctuation used formally were: …‘’“” . I used the characters ... and &#039; and &amp;quot; to replace them. The thing is,&lt;br /&gt;
 that every type of character has an id set to it in the form of a combination of bits (01010101). This is done because bits,&lt;br /&gt;
 bytes, kilobytes, megabytes, etc, is how data is stored. In other words &amp;quot; does not equal “ or ” in the storing language.&lt;br /&gt;
 However in English they would mean the same thing. &amp;quot; occurs earlier in the storage character table than “ or ” therefore it&lt;br /&gt;
 has a smaller id. Thus space can be saved by using it. My advice is to either stop using MSWord and use WordPad or TextPad&lt;br /&gt;
 editor. OR... first write in MSWord then take it to TextPad and then use the find and replace functions to switch the above&lt;br /&gt;
 characters. You can also use FoxReplace addon if you are using Firefox but that&#039;s just a little more complex in initializing&lt;br /&gt;
 the settings but the result is that the replacement process becomes fully automated (It&#039;s a major pain if you make a mistake&lt;br /&gt;
 though, if you don&#039;t exclude pages you need to, then the replacement could affect something you did not wish it to). The final&lt;br /&gt;
 way is to use this site&#039;s own search and replace function. [[User:Zero2001|Zero2001]] 15:41, 29 May 2011 (UCT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Personally, I use the FoxReplace method. So there might be &#039;&#039;rare&#039;&#039; cases where something unintended was changed. I apologize for that. [[User:Zero2001|Zero2001]] - [[User_talk:Zero2001|Talk]] -  00:37, 4 June 2011 (UCT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 BTW, … and ... actually do not have any differences in the bytes used. I tried replacing them in an Oreimo chapter, but 0 bytes&lt;br /&gt;
 changed. [[User:Kira0802|Kira]] 14:08, 6 July 2011 (UCT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 Hmm. I suspected as much. Basically that means that the … character is equivalent to three fullstop(.) characters.&lt;br /&gt;
 [[User:Zero2001|Zero2001]] - [[User_talk:Zero2001|Talk]] - 16:49, 6 July 2011 (UCT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===FoxReplace Method===&lt;br /&gt;
If you are using FireFox ([http://www.mozilla.com/en-US/firefox/fx/?ref=logo download here]). All you have to do is install the [https://addons.mozilla.org/en-US/firefox/addon/foxreplace/ FoxReplace addon]. After that create an xml file using Notepad (name it anything you like, for the sake of reference I&#039;ll call it &amp;quot;PuncReplace.xml&amp;quot;) and write the following code into the file &#039;&#039;&#039;(copy as it is, if error occurs then just put it all in one line and try again, if error still happens then you&#039;ll have to input it manually. All are text type except last one which is regex type)&#039;&#039;&#039;:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;substitutionlist version=&amp;quot;0.12&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
   &amp;lt;group&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
     &amp;lt;urls&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
       &amp;lt;url&amp;gt;-http://www.baka-tsuki.org/project/index.php?title=User*&amp;lt;/url&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
       &amp;lt;url&amp;gt;http://www.baka-tsuki.org/*&amp;amp;amp;action=edit*&amp;lt;/url&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
       &amp;lt;url&amp;gt;http://www.baka-tsuki.org/*&amp;amp;amp;action=submit*&amp;lt;/url&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
     &amp;lt;/urls&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
     &amp;lt;substitutions&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
       &amp;lt;substitution casesensitive=&amp;quot;true&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
         &amp;lt;input type=&amp;quot;text&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;quot;…&amp;quot;&amp;lt;/input&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
         &amp;lt;output&amp;gt;&amp;quot;...&amp;quot;&amp;lt;/output&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
       &amp;lt;/substitution&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
       &amp;lt;substitution casesensitive=&amp;quot;true&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
         &amp;lt;input type=&amp;quot;text&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;quot;‘&amp;quot;&amp;lt;/input&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
         &amp;lt;output&amp;gt;&amp;quot;&#039;&amp;quot;&amp;lt;/output&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
       &amp;lt;/substitution&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
       &amp;lt;substitution casesensitive=&amp;quot;true&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
         &amp;lt;input type=&amp;quot;text&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;quot;’&amp;quot;&amp;lt;/input&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
         &amp;lt;output&amp;gt;&amp;quot;&#039;&amp;quot;&amp;lt;/output&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
       &amp;lt;/substitution&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
       &amp;lt;substitution casesensitive=&amp;quot;true&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
         &amp;lt;input type=&amp;quot;text&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;quot;“&amp;quot;&amp;lt;/input&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
         &amp;lt;output&amp;gt;&amp;quot;&amp;quot;&amp;quot;&amp;lt;/output&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
       &amp;lt;/substitution&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
       &amp;lt;substitution casesensitive=&amp;quot;true&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
         &amp;lt;input type=&amp;quot;text&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;quot;”&amp;quot;&amp;lt;/input&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
         &amp;lt;output&amp;gt;&amp;quot;&amp;quot;&amp;quot;&amp;lt;/output&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
       &amp;lt;/substitution&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
       &amp;lt;substitution casesensitive=&amp;quot;true&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
         &amp;lt;input type=&amp;quot;text&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;quot;&amp;amp;lt;!—&amp;quot;&amp;lt;/input&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
         &amp;lt;output&amp;gt;&amp;quot;&amp;amp;lt;!--&amp;quot;&amp;lt;/output&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
       &amp;lt;/substitution&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
       &amp;lt;substitution casesensitive=&amp;quot;true&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
         &amp;lt;input type=&amp;quot;text&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;quot;  &amp;quot;&amp;lt;/input&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
         &amp;lt;output&amp;gt;&amp;quot; &amp;quot;&amp;lt;/output&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
       &amp;lt;/substitution&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
       &amp;lt;substitution&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
         &amp;lt;input type=&amp;quot;regexp&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;quot;[ \t]+\n&amp;quot;&amp;lt;/input&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
         &amp;lt;output&amp;gt;&amp;quot;\n&amp;quot;&amp;lt;/output&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
       &amp;lt;/substitution&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
     &amp;lt;/substitutions&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
   &amp;lt;/group&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;/substitutionlist&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Save the file.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After that, (in Firefox) go to FoxReplace options and click the &amp;quot;Import&amp;quot; button, choose the xml file you made (&amp;quot;PuncReplace.xml&amp;quot;).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The settings will automatically load into FoxReplace.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click the &amp;quot;Okay&amp;quot; button and after that whenever you edit or see the preview of the edits the FoxReplace addon will automatically make the appropriate substitutions. Good Hunting! [[User:Zero2001|Zero2001]] - [[User_talk:Zero2001|Talk]] -  17:10, 6 July 2011 (UCT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Stuttering===&lt;br /&gt;
Everyone should be warned. Stuttering is denoted differently in Japanese and English. In Japanese stuttering is denoted by &#039;&#039;&#039;comma&#039;&#039;&#039; or three dots. Whereas in English stuttering is denoted by &#039;&#039;&#039;hyphen&#039;&#039;&#039; or three dots. The reason is to ensure that the &amp;lt;big&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;I&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/big&amp;gt; in stuttering words like &amp;lt;big&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;I-I&#039;&#039;&#039;t&amp;lt;/big&amp;gt; aren&#039;t mistaken with the self reference word &amp;lt;big&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;I&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/big&amp;gt;. There are other similar instances as well. Since &#039;&#039;&#039;commas&#039;&#039;&#039; would allow for such mistakes to happen thus &#039;&#039;&#039;hyphens&#039;&#039;&#039; are used instead. Such conflicts do not occur in Japanese (due to watashi, boku, etc instead of in English where &amp;lt;big&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;I&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/big&amp;gt; can be confused since most stutterings are of words that start with &amp;lt;big&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;I&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/big&amp;gt; or similar circumstances, &amp;lt;big&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;A&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/big&amp;gt; is another one). [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Stutter#Primary_behaviors See here.] Take care to properly translate thus. [[User:Zero2001|Zero2001]] - [[User_talk:Zero2001|Talk]] -  12:37, 9 February 2012 (CST)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Messages==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If its not too much trouble, can you change the template nav on Toaru Majustsu no Index from Spin-Offs to Side Story&#039;s? Well this is not an urgent matter so its fine if its done within a month or so. --[[User:Hiro Hayase|Hiro Hayase]] 15:32, 3 September 2011 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Alright then, thanks. -[[User:Hiro Hayase|Hiro Hayase]] 23:16, 3 September 2011 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I have just received the green-light from Teh Ping, you&#039;re free to make the changes at any time now. -[[User:Hiro Hayase|Hiro Hayase]] 00:55, 4 September 2011 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I talked it over with him on Animesuki forums, but I told him to message you later about implementing the changes since you need a direct confirmation. -[[User:Hiro Hayase|Hiro Hayase]] 21:03, 4 September 2011 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yup, I gave Hiro Hayase the green light--[[User:Teh Ping|Teh Ping]] 23:14, 4 September 2011 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On Infinite Stratos. Young Japanese women or school girls usually say &amp;quot;Ehhh~&amp;quot; just to sound cute or in a cutesy manner in Japanese societyespecially in conversations between fellow woman. So its better to keep them in most cases in IS. It&#039;s staying true to the author&#039;s original intent since &amp;quot;Whaaat&amp;quot; isn&#039;t very cute sounding for the most part, although it does fit in the sentence. -[[User:Hiro Hayase|Hiro Hayase]] 22:01, 7 September 2011 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thanks, please do that then. -[[User:Hiro Hayase|Hiro Hayase]] 01:08, 8 September 2011 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Can I ask you help me change all these unnecessary got&#039;s in IS? The got&#039;s are far to numerous and could easily be replaced to was, were, get, become, became, and etc. Except in dialogues since grammar doesn&#039;t matter much there. I don&#039;t think it changes the meaning if you change it. -[[User:Hiro Hayase|Hiro Hayase]] 19:05, 17 September 2011 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Agreed, two heads are better than one. Let&#039;s do as you proposed then. -[[User:Hiro Hayase|Hiro Hayase]] 22:41, 17 September 2011 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zero, I&#039;ve just logged in now and saw this wonderful template you created. It&#039;s very handy. Thank you so much! sorry for saying thank you so late. &lt;br /&gt;
BTW, I&#039;ve just uploaded a chapter. It&#039;s shown in the collapsable Nav Template. My questions are:&lt;br /&gt;
1. Is there a link where I can go directly to the Nav rather than clicking it from the msg you left on CSR? &lt;br /&gt;
2. What edits do I need to make so that on the main page of CSR, it&#039;s shown that the chapter has been uploaded? (I did the usual edit but the chapter - vol 15, Ch1 - is still red in colour)&lt;br /&gt;
I&#039;m terrible with computer codes and stuff. Thanks in advance for the help!&lt;br /&gt;
-[[User:Blewin|Blewin]] 21-10-11&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==AW Nav bar==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hi, I added parts incomplete to your Incomplete template. Somehow the display is messed up, can you see if you can fix it? Thanks. Check this link to see how it looks now - [[Accel_World:Volume_10_Chapter_3|Accel World Volume 10 Chapter 3]]. [[User:Xplorer30|Xplorer30]] - [[User_talk:Xplorer30|Talk]] 05:18, 14 February 2012 (CST)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thanks for the quick fix. I looked at it too but couldn&#039;t find what&#039;s wrong. Still not too sure how you fixed it either. All those brackets make me dizzy. [[User:Xplorer30|Xplorer30]] - [[User_talk:Xplorer30|Talk]] 05:52, 14 February 2012 (CST)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
That&#039;s strange, my AW Nav has &amp;quot;if then&amp;quot; lines too, and I put them on separate lines with no problem. Ah well all that matters is it got fixed. About helping with SAO, I might be able to do it, but only after I finish Accel World volume 2, not earlier, sorry. I forgot to mention, SAO volume 5 chapter 6 might be sort of free for helping, but chapter 7 is being worked on by Desodus so there might be some sort of problem taking over it... [[User:Xplorer30|Xplorer30]] - [[User_talk:Xplorer30|Talk]] 17:56, 14 February 2012 (CST)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thanks for the offer, but hold off on that AW Nav mod for now. For one I don&#039;t want to psyche myself with your red links, and for another, I want to try to see if I can keep the existing nav for a collapase title. [[User:Xplorer30|Xplorer30]] - [[User_talk:Xplorer30|Talk]] 06:20, 15 February 2012 (CST)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I mod my [[Template:AW Nav|Accel World Nav Template]] to include full content nav, just volume 1, 2 and 10 right now though. It&#039;s not pretty like yours but seems to work fine. Check it out if you want. [[User:Xplorer30|Xplorer30]] - [[User_talk:Xplorer30|Talk]] 07:30, 15 February 2012 (CST)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
About making my AW Nav looking better, only if you can keep the link parts so that I can see where I am going to read next. Sometimes when I get to the bottom of a chapter, I forget which chapter it is, and seeing where I am going exactly instead of just Next helps. [[User:Xplorer30|Xplorer30]] - [[User_talk:Xplorer30|Talk]] 11:42, 15 February 2012 (CST)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I made it look prettier now. Going to leave it like that, unless you want to help me with colors and font size. Thanks, but you don&#039;t need to do any major work on it anymore for now. [[User:Xplorer30|Xplorer30]] - [[User_talk:Xplorer30|Talk]] 14:21, 15 February 2012 (CST)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thanks for your color and alignment mods. I like most of them, except that I will move the chapters back to align left, since making them center looks sort of weird. [[User:Xplorer30|Xplorer30]] - [[User_talk:Xplorer30|Talk]] 11:03, 16 February 2012 (CST)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nope, there&#039;s nothing wrong with it. It&#039;s just I want to sort out a few things out with the project first. Then college got in the way and I ended up forgetting to do it. I&#039;ve got a 2 week break now, so it should be done soon. [[Special:Contributions/31.105.69.35|31.105.69.35]] 03:01, 1 April 2012 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I have been busy lately so Accel World translation is going slow. If someone that is fast and good want to help translate, then nice, but I would rather not get people who is even slower than me working on it. As for editor, go for it since I don&#039;t seem to have too many of those. [[User:Xplorer30|Xplorer30]] - [[User_talk:Xplorer30|Talk]] 00:26, 3 April 2012 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Simultaneous edits ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I don&#039;t think it would be easy to guess if someone is editing at the same time you do. You can perhaps try to find an arrangement, but there&#039;s no way that it&#039;s on purpose. [[User:Kira0802|Kira]] ([[User_talk:Kira0802|Talk]]) 16:24, 3 October 2011 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If a simultaneous edit occurs then the system catches it and the edit page reloads with both versions (yours and the conflicted one&#039;s) in order to let the editor merge his edits with the previously given one. I&#039;d like to think it&#039;s a mistake as well. But just copying everything and then pasting it instead of selective copy pasting is just wrong. Take me for example. I copied the section (using history) that I previously edited and pasted it in the exact place in the current revision in order to make sure that others&#039; edits aren&#039;t harmed as much a possible. Couldn&#039;t the same have been done by the others? [[User:Zero2001|Zero2001]] - [[User_talk:Zero2001|Talk]] -  02:48, 4 October 2011 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==IS==&lt;br /&gt;
Want to ask something. Didi you also fix the punctuation and stuffs vor vol 1 to 4 as well? 14:28, 5 October 2011 Castor212&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mostly yes but as I edited more and more, my understanding of the punctuation and stuff also increased. So I may have to go back and review everything. [[User:Zero2001|Zero2001]] - [[User_talk:Zero2001|Talk]] -  09:35, 5 October 2011 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Did you also fix stuffs like missing &amp;quot; and mispelled words? Particularly in vol 1 [[User:Castor212|Castor212]] 05:36, 6 October 2011 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Like I said before. My understanding of the kind of mistakes that can occur has increased form before. Back then I did not expect missing &amp;quot; to even happen but I did correct many spelling mistakes. But I will need to check again, especially vol 1 and vol 6. [[User:Zero2001|Zero2001]] - [[User_talk:Zero2001|Talk]] -  04:34, 6 October 2011 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Well, if you do check again, please tell me, cuz ill need to update my pdf^^ [[User:Castor212|Castor212]] 05:36, 6 October 2011 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sure. [[User:Zero2001|Zero2001]] - [[User_talk:Zero2001|Talk]] -  11:34, 6 October 2011 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It&#039;s not that I&#039;m trying to inflate my edit count, but there have been several times when I edit the whole page, the page does not register the edits due to some technical error and I can&#039;t get them back. I&#039;m doing exactly just as you said by putting two tabs to make it convenient for editting. As for how I edit, I do it by each part separated by the marker. And what is the deal with inflating the edit count? If it is as you said that this will create conflicts in editting, then I will just revert to trying to edit the whole page. Hopefully, there won&#039;t be such a problem again. I apologise for the inconvenience caused.[[User:Zakashi|Zakashi]] 23:48, 20 June 2012 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Reference System ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
http://www.baka-tsuki.org/forums/viewtopic.php?f=4&amp;amp;t=4582#p114933&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I don&#039;t understand the post, but I think you do. So, is it possible to change the ref system? [[User:Kira0802|Kira]] ([[User_talk:Kira0802|Talk]]) 16:44, 6 October 2011 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Well with this it should be possible to change the ref system... But I can&#039;t say I like the idea. You won&#039;t be able to visually differentiate between the different chapters. Plus normal users can&#039;t edit that page, only sysops can. [[User:Zero2001|Zero2001]] - [[User_talk:Zero2001|Talk]] -  18:14, 6 October 2011 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Navigation Bar==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Can I use your navigation bar templates as a basis to create one for Kyou Kara Maou?&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Stellarroze|Stellarroze]] 22:08, 20 January 2012 (CST)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thanks for offering to create the nav bar for Kyou Kara Maou, I&#039;ll gladly accept it. :) It would have been a whole load of trial and error for me. You can see all the volumes and chapters on the page - http://www.baka-tsuki.org/project/index.php?title=MA_Series#Updates . As for how we name them, it&#039;s &amp;lt;MaruMA&amp;gt; &amp;lt;Prologue / Chapter #&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thanks again.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Novels 1, 3 and 8 only have &amp;quot;Full Text Versions&amp;quot; :S [[User:ClavelSangrante|ClavelSangrante]] 23:02, 21 January 2012 (CST)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As for why the project name isn&#039;t Kyou Kara Maou, &amp;quot;MA Series&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;Maru-MA Series&amp;quot; is the name of the light novels whilst KKM is the name of the anime. I guess I&#039;m too used to using Kyou Kara Maou. Sorry it caused confusion. As for the chapter-volume issue, one of our translators have a problem with the Baka Tsuki general method and would prefer to do it that way for her contributions. Who should I ask to get permission to allow that? Thanks :D [[User:Stellarroze|Stellarroze]] 01:25, 23 January 2012 (CST)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I think that two of our translator have the same problem, I already asked Onizuka- GTO if there´d be a problem. [[User:ClavelSangrante|ClavelSangrante]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From my talk page:&lt;br /&gt;
It was the translators decision to upload the volumes this way, this is the only way we could upload our job (except Stellarroze) we don´t want to post multiple copies of the same thing. So, I hope it will be understandable. We have no problems with future editing or posting it here, we just don´t want to post twice each chapter. These translations were started before uploading them here, so they would be hosted. ClavelSangrante 04:59, 23 January 2012 (CST)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Stellarroze|Stellarroze]] 05:25, 23 January 2012 (CST)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thank you! I forgot to copy it here.[[User:ClavelSangrante|ClavelSangrante]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yes, we talked about that =P Now everything is alright and each volume has its chapters listed. We are new at baka tsuki, I´m sorry fot he mistake :S [[User:ClavelSangrante|ClavelSangrante]] 18:56, 23 January 2012 (CST)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please go ahead :) [[User:Stellarroze|Stellarroze]] 06:26, 25 January 2012 (CST)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thanks a lot for all your help and feel free to take your time. [[User:Stellarroze|Stellarroze]] 08:27, 25 January 2012 (CST)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thanks for helping to make the Nav Bar :) As for those three volumes, we haven&#039;t got the RAWS for them yet so we don&#039;t know how many chapters they have. So, all I have to do is add the code to the bottom of each page now? &lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Stellarroze|Stellarroze]] 11:32, 29 January 2012 (CST)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Well, although I´m not sure about how many chapters they have, the chapters are already listed, at least how many chapters they should have :/&lt;br /&gt;
Thank you for making maruma template [[User:ClavelSangrante|ClavelSangrante]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
https://docs.google.com/document/d/13LhH8VGuxKjDoP42ml_1gHwt-V51SdT4A_vSqjirTBQ/edit Here is the link for the google doc. --[[User:Desodus|Desodus]] 21:18, 22 February 2012 (CST)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==SAO==&lt;br /&gt;
Black Cats of The Full Moon were formed like a own translation group with the intention to post it only if it is complete translated and edited... --[[User:Darklor|Darklor]] 01:44, 23 February 2012 (CST)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Try the wikipedia page on Dungeons and dragons tabletop RPG, pretty sure it is there (under Will save, probably)... I&#039;ve understood it based on reading from a few tabletop RPG based comics -- [[User:Pryun|Pryun]] 23:15, 8 April 2012 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Dungeons_%26_Dragons_gameplay#3rd_edition&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Pryun|Pryun]] 01:34, 9 April 2012 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
OK, go ahead and change it to that. Also, I aint the one TLing Caliber, and so have no idea how to answer your questions. Direct them to HolyCow... --[[User:Pryun|Pryun]] 01:40, 9 April 2012 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Looks good. Just make sure to keep the ref in. --[[User:Pryun|Pryun]] 01:45, 9 April 2012 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
... Unfortunately, it was roll in JP(as in, katakana). But I have no objections about it being changed... just get someone else to agree with you first, I guess --[[User:Pryun|Pryun]] 01:49, 9 April 2012 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hmm... I think there are very small amounts of free Sentinels running around... I guess you can cap em. All of em, if possible. --[[User:Pryun|Pryun]] 01:54, 18 April 2012 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Tenses. ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Well, you&#039;re probably more knowledgeable than me in English, so do teach me a little. I mainly write based on what sounds natural to me, which somehow results in me mixing tenses quite a bit. If you don&#039;t mind, could you explain how tenses would work in the quotes below?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Traditional writers seem to prefer past tense in narratives, regardless of point of view. Not sure if the edits from Pryun were simply due to that, but anyway...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;This might be some sort of fate; I &#039;&#039;&#039;do have&#039;&#039;&#039; a considerable liking for death game themes in fiction, and had gone through many novels, comics, movies and such from all over. Of course, the games I had tend to cover a large variety of themes, but I believe it to be a common theory existing within them.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;This might be some sort of fate; I &#039;&#039;&#039;had&#039;&#039;&#039; a considerable liking for death game themes in fiction, and had gone through many novels, comics, movies and such from all over. Of course, the games I had tend to cover a large variety of themes, but I believe it to be a common theory existing within them.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Kirito&#039;s monologue. It&#039;s likely that he still possesses that liking for the genre even now, but would that count as present tense or past? The part after that would be past, seeing as it was something he experienced in the past, right?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;The chances of Cline&#039;s friends ending up dead, no, the gaze Cline would give me the moment that happens, that was what I was afraid of. I &#039;&#039;&#039;don&#039;t&#039;&#039;&#039; wish to have any unpleasant thoughts, I &#039;&#039;&#039;don&#039;t&#039;&#039;&#039; want to be hurt; with that belief and nothing else in my mind&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;The chances of Cline&#039;s friends ending up dead, no, the gaze Cline would give me the moment that happens, that was what I was afraid of. I &#039;&#039;&#039;didn&#039;t&#039;&#039;&#039; wish to have any unpleasant thoughts, I &#039;&#039;&#039;didn&#039;t&#039;&#039;&#039; want to be hurt; with that belief and nothing else in my mind&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Monologue again. The paragraph starts off with a hypothetical situation of an event that would had happened in the past. The &amp;quot;wish to not be hurt&amp;quot; probably applied in the present, but would that count?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Oh, and you reverted some TL changes I made in that edit, but don&#039;t worry about it; I&#039;ll fix those up afterwards, after your reply.--[[User:Tap|Tap]] 13:08, 13 March 2012 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Footnotes ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hi! Could you please explain to me how to add footnotes? I have no idea. :( Thanks [[User:Stellarroze|Stellarroze]] 18:11, 3 April 2012 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I didn&#039;t see that, thanks for explaining again. :) [[User:Stellarroze|Stellarroze]] 05:11, 4 April 2012 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Caliber SS ==&lt;br /&gt;
Caliber SS is an alternate end to the Caliber arc in Vol 8, a &amp;quot;What if Cline didn&#039;t save Freyja&amp;quot; scenario. I broke the chapter into 3 parts to make navigation easier.&lt;br /&gt;
(The 1st part could be omitted since its 100% the same, but I left it in there to show where the story breaks up from the actual Caliber arc)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Tab spaces ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hello senpai...could you please tell me how to create tab spaces while editing? I have racked my brain over it for quite a while but still haven&#039;t found out a solution. --[[User:Chancs|Chancs]] 06:03, 23 April 2012 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ummmm...what to say...thanks. pretty long instructions. Indentations are easy enough at each starting line since it is in advanced editing. A fellow translator was requiring to put song lyrics in tabs as in the raw. Just have to browse through carefully all the links. Tedious . I don&#039;t like to do tediuos things. I hate to do tediuos things.....enough ranting. Thanks for the help senpai. Even I was curious about the tabs. --[[User:Chancs|Chancs]] 10:33, 23 April 2012 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ahhh nope, the lyrics are like this&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;arastddtgfjf_________tsrstrstystd&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ignore that line and consider it as tab space. Cosider similar 3-4 such lines. --[[User:Chancs|Chancs]] 11:42, 23 April 2012 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Oh thanks. I was kinda playing with that tabulated format in SAO vol 1 index before to somehow learn but was not successful. Your&#039;s made it easier --[[User:Chancs|Chancs]] 15:28, 23 April 2012 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Picture Translation and Editing==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===SAO Pics===&lt;br /&gt;
I added translated text to the page002-003 image of SAO vol.6, it&#039;s on the image page itself as I don&#039;t know how to properly add it to the talk page. Text was translated long ago and it was on the old version page of the images. -- [[User:BeginnerXP|BeginnerXP]] 20:33, 1 May 2012 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you mean the map in vol6, it&#039;s already roughly translated (but unedit which I want to redo eventually), if you mean images in vol7&amp;amp;8, I planned to translate them but currently I&#039;m very far behind my schedule of SAO9 Prologue2, so I can&#039;t do something else yet until it&#039;s finished. All of vol9 images were done though, text are in the image pages, except the map, which I uploaded translated version instead. -- [[User:BeginnerXP|BeginnerXP]] 00:03, 2 May 2012 (CDT) 23:44, 1 May 2012 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Images in volume 6 suffered from the red line, fortunately it wasn&#039;t too time consuming to fix, but images in volume 7 are in completely bad quality, I&#039;m still waiting for better quality scanned but chance seemed to be slim. I already edited images in vol.1-6&amp;amp;9 to be used in my own PDF, but as I didn&#039;t remove JP text so I keep them to myself and only uploaded the maps to wiki. - [[User:BeginnerXP|BeginnerXP]] - [[User_talk:BeginnerXP|Talk]] 01:32, 2 May 2012 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translated. I have no interest whatsoever in fonts, so long as I can read em. The translation is way too literal.--[[User:Pryun|Pryun]] - [[User_talk:Pryun|Talk]] 02:17, 2 May 2012 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Frankly, since you are an editor, you should know that the phrasing is too literal....... --[[User:Pryun|Pryun]] - [[User_talk:Pryun|Talk]] 02:26, 2 May 2012 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The one with Sinon and dark guy talking, on Beginner&#039;s talk page. --[[User:Pryun|Pryun]] - [[User_talk:Pryun|Talk]] 02:33, 2 May 2012 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sinon one: &amp;quot;you/I must always check six at all times&amp;quot;, or &amp;quot;you/I must always be alert at all times.&amp;quot;(frankly, i have no idea what check six is, but can guess based on the context). &amp;quot;check six at all times&amp;quot; is also possible&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Other one:there should be a line(long dash) after &amp;quot;defeated here by me&amp;quot;, then the later part should be &amp;quot;Just watch there as I kill this girl&amp;quot; or something similar. giving rough TN here, no time to give a nice one at the moment. --[[User:Pryun|Pryun]] - [[User_talk:Pryun|Talk]] 02:51, 2 May 2012 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is definitely not wherever. But I&#039;d rather use &amp;quot;at all times&amp;quot; than &amp;quot;whenever&amp;quot;. P.S. I don&#039;t even know who translated those images, so can&#039;t ask...... --[[User:Pryun|Pryun]] - [[User_talk:Pryun|Talk]] 05:13, 2 May 2012 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The text in this picture http://www.baka-tsuki.org/project/index.php?title=File:Sword_Art_Online_Vol_07_-002-003.jpg is completely translated. Can I ask you to edit it? --[[User:M.A.D|M.A.D]] 06:42, 25 May 2012 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you mean the text in volume 7, the image quality is too poor for me to want to spend my time on. But for volume 8, I already did all of them, just I didn&#039;t add them to wiki, you can get the text from my SAO8 PDF I post in forums and edit the images accordingly, you also might need to correct some mistakes as I didn&#039;t want to bother Pryun to look at them with his busy schedule. -- [[User:BeginnerXP|BeginnerXP]] - [[User_talk:BeginnerXP|Talk]] 05:22, 7 June 2012 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== SAO edits ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In case you and Vaelis can&#039;t agree on something, go to Sharramon. He&#039;s the supervisor of the project. However, issues such as format is left to the project administrator, which is to say, Vaelis. [[User:Kira0802|Kira]] ([[User_talk:Kira0802|Talk]]) 21:45, 15 May 2012 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Warning ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I regret to tell you that, while you have the right to debate and support your position civilly, your repeated public criticizing and resorting to making offending and aggressive posts about staff of baka-tsuki on other users&#039; talk pages is seen as an action to sow discord and disharmony in the community, and this will not be tolerated. While it is regrettable, if you choose to continue to pursue your current course of action, a ban will be slapped. --[[User:Larethian|larethian]] 06:24, 16 May 2012 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I understand. At least I&#039;m trying to talk it out. [[User:Zero2001|Zero2001]] - [[User_talk:Zero2001|Talk]] -  07:00, 16 May 2012 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Dude, don&#039;t try to talk it out! Just leave it. Why are you putting so much effort on a debate about &#039;&#039;punctuations&#039;&#039;? I&#039;m sure you spent a lot of time editing those, and god knows I hate it too when the other guy doesn&#039;t see it the way I do. But there are times when it&#039;s simply not worth it. Your debate with Vaelis had cost more space than those quote marks could fill, and the guy is demotivated from actually participating further in SAO project. And I can tell you, from a common reader&#039;s point of view, which is me, it doesn&#039;t matter if straight or curl quotations are used, so long as we can actually read what was quoted. Further more, even though it&#039;s hard to see curlies on a Wiki page, they are more apparent when read in a PDF. It&#039;s not like those thing are completely without merit.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And finally, as a former English-&amp;gt;Vietnamese translator, I can tell you that translators prefer to type what their fingers can reach on the keyboard, which is straight marks. That said, most works would be submitted on BT with straight quotation marks. If Vaelis wants to spend efforts on making them look better with curlies, then for god&#039;s sake, let him. You&#039;re not losing anything from this. --[[User:M.A.D|M.A.D]] 19:21, 16 May 2012 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I understand your point. BTW I&#039;ve already let it go, for now. But, please understand that using straight quote marks actually &#039;&#039;reduces&#039;&#039; the size of the page (Sometimes in the thousands) thus allowing the page to be loaded faster. Oh well. I&#039;ve excluded SAO pages from my quote change list in FoxReplace. I think I&#039;ll wait until a better opportunity presents itself. [[User:Zero2001|Zero2001]] - [[User_talk:Zero2001|Talk]] -  23:32, 16 May 2012 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I&#039;m glad to hear that from you. If you are demotivated too, I&#039;ll feel bad about it, but I guess you&#039;re not the type. Anyway, are you positively sure that the amount of dialogue in a single chapter would provide enough quote marks to make a substantial change? And even if they were.. well, I heard some people like it big and curved *snickers* --[[User:M.A.D|M.A.D]] 18:38, 17 May 2012 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And some like it flat. *Snickers*. Well... actually there is no notable difference in the view mode unless you do an 8x Zoom or use a FullHD monitor (most wont do 8x or have one either). But I have checked in the recent changes after converting a few pages of them. The more dialogues there are the more the page size is reduced after conversion to typewriter quote marks. And since most surfers can&#039;t see the difference, thus it&#039;s the better choice because of the reduction in size. Often the letter count is lowered by a thousand or two. It depends on the number of instances. [[User:Zero2001|Zero2001]] - [[User_talk:Zero2001|Talk]] -  22:13, 17 May 2012 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hmm, guess I will add my part here. Since you have signed up as editor for Accel World, I guess your Zero Check will get there eventually. Let me just tell you before you start, separate your quotation changes from all your other edits please. Just in case a supervisor after me care more about those than I do. It might not be a bad idea for all your Zero Checks in other projects either. [[User:Xplorer30|Xplorer30]] - [[User_talk:Xplorer30|Talk]] 04:39, 18 May 2012 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You have two soaps in the market, both have the same skin-whitening effect but one is twice as expensive as the the other. Which do you choose? [[User:Zero2001|Zero2001]] - [[User_talk:Zero2001|Talk]] -  08:52, 18 May 2012 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I am going to let you do your changes, so what is your problem with separating them from your other edits? That is a very simple request I think. I see it as just a matter of taste, are you the type who wear rough work clothes to a dinner party, or fancy clothes? Since you are a programmer, do you write only in assembler for speed? I just want to prevent another war in the future, when someone undo your quotation edit and destroy all your other work. Or in Vaelis&#039; case, work even harder to fix it. [[User:Xplorer30|Xplorer30]] - [[User_talk:Xplorer30|Talk]] 15:10, 18 May 2012 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Like Xplorer30 said you have to separate your edits in two (for the projects who accept those changes). But my main argument is that this way the other editors (and the translators) can check your grammar/spelling/rewording changes without having to search for them lost in all the punctuation changes. [[User:Vaelis|Vaelis]] 15:21, 18 May 2012 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ohhhh. I get it. You want me to edit twice? Once for punctuation and then for the rest. Okay, that&#039;s reasonable. I thought you wanted me to separate the quotation marks changes from the other punctuation changes and deactivate it for your project in FoxReplace. Like I&#039;ve done for SAO. [[User:Zero2001|Zero2001]] - [[User_talk:Zero2001|Talk]] -  21:43, 18 May 2012 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Kikou Shoujo wa Kizutsukanai ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yep, go ahead. :) [[User:Stellarroze|Stellarroze]] 02:31, 20 May 2012 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Did I ever tell you how awesome you are? :D Oh, and how should my signature be edited? I don&#039;t get it. [[User:Stellarroze|Stellarroze]] 03:10, 22 May 2012 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
hey, thanks for the heads up. But I have no idea how to edit codes, so if it isn&#039;t too much trouble, can you just go ahead and replace all the small hearts with the bigger ones?--[[User:Hayashi s|Hayashi s]] 03:45, 22 May 2012 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I was looking at the furigana template in stella&#039;s part, and I don&#039;t think it flows very well. It&#039;s very jarring to see two different terms in the same word. It only works in Japanese because it&#039;s split into katakana and kanji, but English only has one alphabet. Something about it just feels... off--[[User:Hayashi s|Hayashi s]] 05:02, 22 May 2012 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Part 1, is the only complete translation so far. I&#039;ll continue when my exams are done. [[User:Stellarroze|Stellarroze]] - [[User_talk:Stellarroze|Talk]] 02:22, 28 May 2012 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hah? There&#039;s a Kikou Shoujo anime? Or wrong talk page? :) [[User:Stellarroze|Stellarroze]] - [[User_talk:Stellarroze|Talk]] 12:40, 14 June 2012 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I stopped for a bit, because of college stuff. After next Thursday, I will have a lot of free time. [[User:Stellarroze|Stellarroze]] - [[User_talk:Stellarroze|Talk]] 21:50, 14 June 2012 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Accel World ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I see that you are starting your edits in Accel World. There is something I want to clear up with you. The author rarely uses emphasis on some words or sentences, which I had been using italics for. If you are making thoughts into italics, then those probably need to be bold or something else. He also like to use a lot of sound and action sound effects, which I translate if I can. Do novel sound effects need *? [[User:Xplorer30|Xplorer30]] - [[User_talk:Xplorer30|Talk]] 15:49, 27 June 2012 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I am ok with those thought italics. But since this is all in Haruyuki&#039;s POV, 80% or more are his thoughts, which I normally only put speech like thoughts or things that contain &amp;quot;I&amp;quot; in single quotes to separate them. If you care to put in the work to make them into italics, that&#039;s up to you. Usually the author starts those kind of thoughts with a dash. I will have to use bold(I don&#039;t like underline, since that&#039;s auto thought of as links on the net) for those rare author emphasis now though, since I don&#039;t want people to confuse them as thoughts. As for SFX, putting in * seems to make them into a manga, or can you give me example of actual novels that do those? [[User:Xplorer30|Xplorer30]] - [[User_talk:Xplorer30|Talk]] 16:24, 28 June 2012 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ok, I will use bold for author emphasis, and you can do the same if you bump into any in existing translations since I can&#039;t remember where they all are. I will also keep using single quotes for any SFX I translate, and let you decide when to replace them with *. As for Haruyuki trashing Noumi, it will happen in the longest chapter at the end of the volume, but be prepared for surprises since this story arc continues in the next volume. When those will come out, you know better than to ask. [[User:Xplorer30|Xplorer30]] - [[User_talk:Xplorer30|Talk]] 19:24, 28 June 2012 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== About the em dash ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
En dashes and em dashes are either used with spaces on both sides or with no spaces at all. They are not used with a space on one side. --[[User:Aozf05|aozf05]] 23:36, 29 June 2012 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
Well, I see em dashes used with no spaces more often than with spaces in English literature. It might be better if we remove the spaces. --[[User:Aozf05|aozf05]] 23:40, 29 June 2012 (CDT)&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Aozf05</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.baka-tsuki.org/project/index.php?title=User_talk:Zero2001&amp;diff=165470</id>
		<title>User talk:Zero2001</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.baka-tsuki.org/project/index.php?title=User_talk:Zero2001&amp;diff=165470"/>
		<updated>2012-06-30T04:36:36Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Aozf05: /* About the em dash */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Archives:&#039;&#039;&#039; [[/Archive 1|1]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Punctuation==&lt;br /&gt;
===Somewhat interested in Punctuation Changes===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
How does the bytes work for those anyway? From what you did on IS, the apostrophes for Microsoft Word uses more space than wordpad. Can you explain that to me? Thanks--[[User:Teh Ping|Teh Ping]] 15:19, 29 May 2011 (UCT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 The types of punctuation used formally were: …‘’“” . I used the characters ... and &#039; and &amp;quot; to replace them. The thing is,&lt;br /&gt;
 that every type of character has an id set to it in the form of a combination of bits (01010101). This is done because bits,&lt;br /&gt;
 bytes, kilobytes, megabytes, etc, is how data is stored. In other words &amp;quot; does not equal “ or ” in the storing language.&lt;br /&gt;
 However in English they would mean the same thing. &amp;quot; occurs earlier in the storage character table than “ or ” therefore it&lt;br /&gt;
 has a smaller id. Thus space can be saved by using it. My advice is to either stop using MSWord and use WordPad or TextPad&lt;br /&gt;
 editor. OR... first write in MSWord then take it to TextPad and then use the find and replace functions to switch the above&lt;br /&gt;
 characters. You can also use FoxReplace addon if you are using Firefox but that&#039;s just a little more complex in initializing&lt;br /&gt;
 the settings but the result is that the replacement process becomes fully automated (It&#039;s a major pain if you make a mistake&lt;br /&gt;
 though, if you don&#039;t exclude pages you need to, then the replacement could affect something you did not wish it to). The final&lt;br /&gt;
 way is to use this site&#039;s own search and replace function. [[User:Zero2001|Zero2001]] 15:41, 29 May 2011 (UCT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Personally, I use the FoxReplace method. So there might be &#039;&#039;rare&#039;&#039; cases where something unintended was changed. I apologize for that. [[User:Zero2001|Zero2001]] - [[User_talk:Zero2001|Talk]] -  00:37, 4 June 2011 (UCT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 BTW, … and ... actually do not have any differences in the bytes used. I tried replacing them in an Oreimo chapter, but 0 bytes&lt;br /&gt;
 changed. [[User:Kira0802|Kira]] 14:08, 6 July 2011 (UCT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 Hmm. I suspected as much. Basically that means that the … character is equivalent to three fullstop(.) characters.&lt;br /&gt;
 [[User:Zero2001|Zero2001]] - [[User_talk:Zero2001|Talk]] - 16:49, 6 July 2011 (UCT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===FoxReplace Method===&lt;br /&gt;
If you are using FireFox ([http://www.mozilla.com/en-US/firefox/fx/?ref=logo download here]). All you have to do is install the [https://addons.mozilla.org/en-US/firefox/addon/foxreplace/ FoxReplace addon]. After that create an xml file using Notepad (name it anything you like, for the sake of reference I&#039;ll call it &amp;quot;PuncReplace.xml&amp;quot;) and write the following code into the file &#039;&#039;&#039;(copy as it is, if error occurs then just put it all in one line and try again, if error still happens then you&#039;ll have to input it manually. All are text type except last one which is regex type)&#039;&#039;&#039;:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;substitutionlist version=&amp;quot;0.12&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
   &amp;lt;group&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
     &amp;lt;urls&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
       &amp;lt;url&amp;gt;-http://www.baka-tsuki.org/project/index.php?title=User*&amp;lt;/url&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
       &amp;lt;url&amp;gt;http://www.baka-tsuki.org/*&amp;amp;amp;action=edit*&amp;lt;/url&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
       &amp;lt;url&amp;gt;http://www.baka-tsuki.org/*&amp;amp;amp;action=submit*&amp;lt;/url&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
     &amp;lt;/urls&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
     &amp;lt;substitutions&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
       &amp;lt;substitution casesensitive=&amp;quot;true&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
         &amp;lt;input type=&amp;quot;text&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;quot;…&amp;quot;&amp;lt;/input&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
         &amp;lt;output&amp;gt;&amp;quot;...&amp;quot;&amp;lt;/output&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
       &amp;lt;/substitution&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
       &amp;lt;substitution casesensitive=&amp;quot;true&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
         &amp;lt;input type=&amp;quot;text&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;quot;‘&amp;quot;&amp;lt;/input&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
         &amp;lt;output&amp;gt;&amp;quot;&#039;&amp;quot;&amp;lt;/output&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
       &amp;lt;/substitution&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
       &amp;lt;substitution casesensitive=&amp;quot;true&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
         &amp;lt;input type=&amp;quot;text&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;quot;’&amp;quot;&amp;lt;/input&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
         &amp;lt;output&amp;gt;&amp;quot;&#039;&amp;quot;&amp;lt;/output&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
       &amp;lt;/substitution&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
       &amp;lt;substitution casesensitive=&amp;quot;true&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
         &amp;lt;input type=&amp;quot;text&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;quot;“&amp;quot;&amp;lt;/input&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
         &amp;lt;output&amp;gt;&amp;quot;&amp;quot;&amp;quot;&amp;lt;/output&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
       &amp;lt;/substitution&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
       &amp;lt;substitution casesensitive=&amp;quot;true&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
         &amp;lt;input type=&amp;quot;text&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;quot;”&amp;quot;&amp;lt;/input&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
         &amp;lt;output&amp;gt;&amp;quot;&amp;quot;&amp;quot;&amp;lt;/output&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
       &amp;lt;/substitution&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
       &amp;lt;substitution casesensitive=&amp;quot;true&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
         &amp;lt;input type=&amp;quot;text&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;quot;&amp;amp;lt;!—&amp;quot;&amp;lt;/input&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
         &amp;lt;output&amp;gt;&amp;quot;&amp;amp;lt;!--&amp;quot;&amp;lt;/output&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
       &amp;lt;/substitution&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
       &amp;lt;substitution casesensitive=&amp;quot;true&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
         &amp;lt;input type=&amp;quot;text&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;quot;  &amp;quot;&amp;lt;/input&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
         &amp;lt;output&amp;gt;&amp;quot; &amp;quot;&amp;lt;/output&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
       &amp;lt;/substitution&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
       &amp;lt;substitution&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
         &amp;lt;input type=&amp;quot;regexp&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;quot;[ \t]+\n&amp;quot;&amp;lt;/input&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
         &amp;lt;output&amp;gt;&amp;quot;\n&amp;quot;&amp;lt;/output&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
       &amp;lt;/substitution&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
     &amp;lt;/substitutions&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
   &amp;lt;/group&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;/substitutionlist&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Save the file.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After that, (in Firefox) go to FoxReplace options and click the &amp;quot;Import&amp;quot; button, choose the xml file you made (&amp;quot;PuncReplace.xml&amp;quot;).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The settings will automatically load into FoxReplace.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click the &amp;quot;Okay&amp;quot; button and after that whenever you edit or see the preview of the edits the FoxReplace addon will automatically make the appropriate substitutions. Good Hunting! [[User:Zero2001|Zero2001]] - [[User_talk:Zero2001|Talk]] -  17:10, 6 July 2011 (UCT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Stuttering===&lt;br /&gt;
Everyone should be warned. Stuttering is denoted differently in Japanese and English. In Japanese stuttering is denoted by &#039;&#039;&#039;comma&#039;&#039;&#039; or three dots. Whereas in English stuttering is denoted by &#039;&#039;&#039;hyphen&#039;&#039;&#039; or three dots. The reason is to ensure that the &amp;lt;big&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;I&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/big&amp;gt; in stuttering words like &amp;lt;big&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;I-I&#039;&#039;&#039;t&amp;lt;/big&amp;gt; aren&#039;t mistaken with the self reference word &amp;lt;big&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;I&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/big&amp;gt;. There are other similar instances as well. Since &#039;&#039;&#039;commas&#039;&#039;&#039; would allow for such mistakes to happen thus &#039;&#039;&#039;hyphens&#039;&#039;&#039; are used instead. Such conflicts do not occur in Japanese (due to watashi, boku, etc instead of in English where &amp;lt;big&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;I&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/big&amp;gt; can be confused since most stutterings are of words that start with &amp;lt;big&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;I&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/big&amp;gt; or similar circumstances, &amp;lt;big&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;A&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/big&amp;gt; is another one). [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Stutter#Primary_behaviors See here.] Take care to properly translate thus. [[User:Zero2001|Zero2001]] - [[User_talk:Zero2001|Talk]] -  12:37, 9 February 2012 (CST)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Messages==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If its not too much trouble, can you change the template nav on Toaru Majustsu no Index from Spin-Offs to Side Story&#039;s? Well this is not an urgent matter so its fine if its done within a month or so. --[[User:Hiro Hayase|Hiro Hayase]] 15:32, 3 September 2011 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Alright then, thanks. -[[User:Hiro Hayase|Hiro Hayase]] 23:16, 3 September 2011 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I have just received the green-light from Teh Ping, you&#039;re free to make the changes at any time now. -[[User:Hiro Hayase|Hiro Hayase]] 00:55, 4 September 2011 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I talked it over with him on Animesuki forums, but I told him to message you later about implementing the changes since you need a direct confirmation. -[[User:Hiro Hayase|Hiro Hayase]] 21:03, 4 September 2011 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yup, I gave Hiro Hayase the green light--[[User:Teh Ping|Teh Ping]] 23:14, 4 September 2011 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On Infinite Stratos. Young Japanese women or school girls usually say &amp;quot;Ehhh~&amp;quot; just to sound cute or in a cutesy manner in Japanese societyespecially in conversations between fellow woman. So its better to keep them in most cases in IS. It&#039;s staying true to the author&#039;s original intent since &amp;quot;Whaaat&amp;quot; isn&#039;t very cute sounding for the most part, although it does fit in the sentence. -[[User:Hiro Hayase|Hiro Hayase]] 22:01, 7 September 2011 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thanks, please do that then. -[[User:Hiro Hayase|Hiro Hayase]] 01:08, 8 September 2011 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Can I ask you help me change all these unnecessary got&#039;s in IS? The got&#039;s are far to numerous and could easily be replaced to was, were, get, become, became, and etc. Except in dialogues since grammar doesn&#039;t matter much there. I don&#039;t think it changes the meaning if you change it. -[[User:Hiro Hayase|Hiro Hayase]] 19:05, 17 September 2011 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Agreed, two heads are better than one. Let&#039;s do as you proposed then. -[[User:Hiro Hayase|Hiro Hayase]] 22:41, 17 September 2011 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zero, I&#039;ve just logged in now and saw this wonderful template you created. It&#039;s very handy. Thank you so much! sorry for saying thank you so late. &lt;br /&gt;
BTW, I&#039;ve just uploaded a chapter. It&#039;s shown in the collapsable Nav Template. My questions are:&lt;br /&gt;
1. Is there a link where I can go directly to the Nav rather than clicking it from the msg you left on CSR? &lt;br /&gt;
2. What edits do I need to make so that on the main page of CSR, it&#039;s shown that the chapter has been uploaded? (I did the usual edit but the chapter - vol 15, Ch1 - is still red in colour)&lt;br /&gt;
I&#039;m terrible with computer codes and stuff. Thanks in advance for the help!&lt;br /&gt;
-[[User:Blewin|Blewin]] 21-10-11&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==AW Nav bar==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hi, I added parts incomplete to your Incomplete template. Somehow the display is messed up, can you see if you can fix it? Thanks. Check this link to see how it looks now - [[Accel_World:Volume_10_Chapter_3|Accel World Volume 10 Chapter 3]]. [[User:Xplorer30|Xplorer30]] - [[User_talk:Xplorer30|Talk]] 05:18, 14 February 2012 (CST)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thanks for the quick fix. I looked at it too but couldn&#039;t find what&#039;s wrong. Still not too sure how you fixed it either. All those brackets make me dizzy. [[User:Xplorer30|Xplorer30]] - [[User_talk:Xplorer30|Talk]] 05:52, 14 February 2012 (CST)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
That&#039;s strange, my AW Nav has &amp;quot;if then&amp;quot; lines too, and I put them on separate lines with no problem. Ah well all that matters is it got fixed. About helping with SAO, I might be able to do it, but only after I finish Accel World volume 2, not earlier, sorry. I forgot to mention, SAO volume 5 chapter 6 might be sort of free for helping, but chapter 7 is being worked on by Desodus so there might be some sort of problem taking over it... [[User:Xplorer30|Xplorer30]] - [[User_talk:Xplorer30|Talk]] 17:56, 14 February 2012 (CST)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thanks for the offer, but hold off on that AW Nav mod for now. For one I don&#039;t want to psyche myself with your red links, and for another, I want to try to see if I can keep the existing nav for a collapase title. [[User:Xplorer30|Xplorer30]] - [[User_talk:Xplorer30|Talk]] 06:20, 15 February 2012 (CST)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I mod my [[Template:AW Nav|Accel World Nav Template]] to include full content nav, just volume 1, 2 and 10 right now though. It&#039;s not pretty like yours but seems to work fine. Check it out if you want. [[User:Xplorer30|Xplorer30]] - [[User_talk:Xplorer30|Talk]] 07:30, 15 February 2012 (CST)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
About making my AW Nav looking better, only if you can keep the link parts so that I can see where I am going to read next. Sometimes when I get to the bottom of a chapter, I forget which chapter it is, and seeing where I am going exactly instead of just Next helps. [[User:Xplorer30|Xplorer30]] - [[User_talk:Xplorer30|Talk]] 11:42, 15 February 2012 (CST)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I made it look prettier now. Going to leave it like that, unless you want to help me with colors and font size. Thanks, but you don&#039;t need to do any major work on it anymore for now. [[User:Xplorer30|Xplorer30]] - [[User_talk:Xplorer30|Talk]] 14:21, 15 February 2012 (CST)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thanks for your color and alignment mods. I like most of them, except that I will move the chapters back to align left, since making them center looks sort of weird. [[User:Xplorer30|Xplorer30]] - [[User_talk:Xplorer30|Talk]] 11:03, 16 February 2012 (CST)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nope, there&#039;s nothing wrong with it. It&#039;s just I want to sort out a few things out with the project first. Then college got in the way and I ended up forgetting to do it. I&#039;ve got a 2 week break now, so it should be done soon. [[Special:Contributions/31.105.69.35|31.105.69.35]] 03:01, 1 April 2012 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I have been busy lately so Accel World translation is going slow. If someone that is fast and good want to help translate, then nice, but I would rather not get people who is even slower than me working on it. As for editor, go for it since I don&#039;t seem to have too many of those. [[User:Xplorer30|Xplorer30]] - [[User_talk:Xplorer30|Talk]] 00:26, 3 April 2012 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Simultaneous edits ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I don&#039;t think it would be easy to guess if someone is editing at the same time you do. You can perhaps try to find an arrangement, but there&#039;s no way that it&#039;s on purpose. [[User:Kira0802|Kira]] ([[User_talk:Kira0802|Talk]]) 16:24, 3 October 2011 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If a simultaneous edit occurs then the system catches it and the edit page reloads with both versions (yours and the conflicted one&#039;s) in order to let the editor merge his edits with the previously given one. I&#039;d like to think it&#039;s a mistake as well. But just copying everything and then pasting it instead of selective copy pasting is just wrong. Take me for example. I copied the section (using history) that I previously edited and pasted it in the exact place in the current revision in order to make sure that others&#039; edits aren&#039;t harmed as much a possible. Couldn&#039;t the same have been done by the others? [[User:Zero2001|Zero2001]] - [[User_talk:Zero2001|Talk]] -  02:48, 4 October 2011 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==IS==&lt;br /&gt;
Want to ask something. Didi you also fix the punctuation and stuffs vor vol 1 to 4 as well? 14:28, 5 October 2011 Castor212&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mostly yes but as I edited more and more, my understanding of the punctuation and stuff also increased. So I may have to go back and review everything. [[User:Zero2001|Zero2001]] - [[User_talk:Zero2001|Talk]] -  09:35, 5 October 2011 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Did you also fix stuffs like missing &amp;quot; and mispelled words? Particularly in vol 1 [[User:Castor212|Castor212]] 05:36, 6 October 2011 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Like I said before. My understanding of the kind of mistakes that can occur has increased form before. Back then I did not expect missing &amp;quot; to even happen but I did correct many spelling mistakes. But I will need to check again, especially vol 1 and vol 6. [[User:Zero2001|Zero2001]] - [[User_talk:Zero2001|Talk]] -  04:34, 6 October 2011 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Well, if you do check again, please tell me, cuz ill need to update my pdf^^ [[User:Castor212|Castor212]] 05:36, 6 October 2011 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sure. [[User:Zero2001|Zero2001]] - [[User_talk:Zero2001|Talk]] -  11:34, 6 October 2011 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It&#039;s not that I&#039;m trying to inflate my edit count, but there have been several times when I edit the whole page, the page does not register the edits due to some technical error and I can&#039;t get them back. I&#039;m doing exactly just as you said by putting two tabs to make it convenient for editting. As for how I edit, I do it by each part separated by the marker. And what is the deal with inflating the edit count? If it is as you said that this will create conflicts in editting, then I will just revert to trying to edit the whole page. Hopefully, there won&#039;t be such a problem again. I apologise for the inconvenience caused.[[User:Zakashi|Zakashi]] 23:48, 20 June 2012 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Reference System ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
http://www.baka-tsuki.org/forums/viewtopic.php?f=4&amp;amp;t=4582#p114933&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I don&#039;t understand the post, but I think you do. So, is it possible to change the ref system? [[User:Kira0802|Kira]] ([[User_talk:Kira0802|Talk]]) 16:44, 6 October 2011 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Well with this it should be possible to change the ref system... But I can&#039;t say I like the idea. You won&#039;t be able to visually differentiate between the different chapters. Plus normal users can&#039;t edit that page, only sysops can. [[User:Zero2001|Zero2001]] - [[User_talk:Zero2001|Talk]] -  18:14, 6 October 2011 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Navigation Bar==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Can I use your navigation bar templates as a basis to create one for Kyou Kara Maou?&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Stellarroze|Stellarroze]] 22:08, 20 January 2012 (CST)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thanks for offering to create the nav bar for Kyou Kara Maou, I&#039;ll gladly accept it. :) It would have been a whole load of trial and error for me. You can see all the volumes and chapters on the page - http://www.baka-tsuki.org/project/index.php?title=MA_Series#Updates . As for how we name them, it&#039;s &amp;lt;MaruMA&amp;gt; &amp;lt;Prologue / Chapter #&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thanks again.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Novels 1, 3 and 8 only have &amp;quot;Full Text Versions&amp;quot; :S [[User:ClavelSangrante|ClavelSangrante]] 23:02, 21 January 2012 (CST)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As for why the project name isn&#039;t Kyou Kara Maou, &amp;quot;MA Series&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;Maru-MA Series&amp;quot; is the name of the light novels whilst KKM is the name of the anime. I guess I&#039;m too used to using Kyou Kara Maou. Sorry it caused confusion. As for the chapter-volume issue, one of our translators have a problem with the Baka Tsuki general method and would prefer to do it that way for her contributions. Who should I ask to get permission to allow that? Thanks :D [[User:Stellarroze|Stellarroze]] 01:25, 23 January 2012 (CST)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I think that two of our translator have the same problem, I already asked Onizuka- GTO if there´d be a problem. [[User:ClavelSangrante|ClavelSangrante]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From my talk page:&lt;br /&gt;
It was the translators decision to upload the volumes this way, this is the only way we could upload our job (except Stellarroze) we don´t want to post multiple copies of the same thing. So, I hope it will be understandable. We have no problems with future editing or posting it here, we just don´t want to post twice each chapter. These translations were started before uploading them here, so they would be hosted. ClavelSangrante 04:59, 23 January 2012 (CST)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Stellarroze|Stellarroze]] 05:25, 23 January 2012 (CST)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thank you! I forgot to copy it here.[[User:ClavelSangrante|ClavelSangrante]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yes, we talked about that =P Now everything is alright and each volume has its chapters listed. We are new at baka tsuki, I´m sorry fot he mistake :S [[User:ClavelSangrante|ClavelSangrante]] 18:56, 23 January 2012 (CST)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please go ahead :) [[User:Stellarroze|Stellarroze]] 06:26, 25 January 2012 (CST)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thanks a lot for all your help and feel free to take your time. [[User:Stellarroze|Stellarroze]] 08:27, 25 January 2012 (CST)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thanks for helping to make the Nav Bar :) As for those three volumes, we haven&#039;t got the RAWS for them yet so we don&#039;t know how many chapters they have. So, all I have to do is add the code to the bottom of each page now? &lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Stellarroze|Stellarroze]] 11:32, 29 January 2012 (CST)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Well, although I´m not sure about how many chapters they have, the chapters are already listed, at least how many chapters they should have :/&lt;br /&gt;
Thank you for making maruma template [[User:ClavelSangrante|ClavelSangrante]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
https://docs.google.com/document/d/13LhH8VGuxKjDoP42ml_1gHwt-V51SdT4A_vSqjirTBQ/edit Here is the link for the google doc. --[[User:Desodus|Desodus]] 21:18, 22 February 2012 (CST)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==SAO==&lt;br /&gt;
Black Cats of The Full Moon were formed like a own translation group with the intention to post it only if it is complete translated and edited... --[[User:Darklor|Darklor]] 01:44, 23 February 2012 (CST)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Try the wikipedia page on Dungeons and dragons tabletop RPG, pretty sure it is there (under Will save, probably)... I&#039;ve understood it based on reading from a few tabletop RPG based comics -- [[User:Pryun|Pryun]] 23:15, 8 April 2012 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Dungeons_%26_Dragons_gameplay#3rd_edition&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Pryun|Pryun]] 01:34, 9 April 2012 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
OK, go ahead and change it to that. Also, I aint the one TLing Caliber, and so have no idea how to answer your questions. Direct them to HolyCow... --[[User:Pryun|Pryun]] 01:40, 9 April 2012 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Looks good. Just make sure to keep the ref in. --[[User:Pryun|Pryun]] 01:45, 9 April 2012 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
... Unfortunately, it was roll in JP(as in, katakana). But I have no objections about it being changed... just get someone else to agree with you first, I guess --[[User:Pryun|Pryun]] 01:49, 9 April 2012 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hmm... I think there are very small amounts of free Sentinels running around... I guess you can cap em. All of em, if possible. --[[User:Pryun|Pryun]] 01:54, 18 April 2012 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Tenses. ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Well, you&#039;re probably more knowledgeable than me in English, so do teach me a little. I mainly write based on what sounds natural to me, which somehow results in me mixing tenses quite a bit. If you don&#039;t mind, could you explain how tenses would work in the quotes below?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Traditional writers seem to prefer past tense in narratives, regardless of point of view. Not sure if the edits from Pryun were simply due to that, but anyway...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;This might be some sort of fate; I &#039;&#039;&#039;do have&#039;&#039;&#039; a considerable liking for death game themes in fiction, and had gone through many novels, comics, movies and such from all over. Of course, the games I had tend to cover a large variety of themes, but I believe it to be a common theory existing within them.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;This might be some sort of fate; I &#039;&#039;&#039;had&#039;&#039;&#039; a considerable liking for death game themes in fiction, and had gone through many novels, comics, movies and such from all over. Of course, the games I had tend to cover a large variety of themes, but I believe it to be a common theory existing within them.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Kirito&#039;s monologue. It&#039;s likely that he still possesses that liking for the genre even now, but would that count as present tense or past? The part after that would be past, seeing as it was something he experienced in the past, right?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;The chances of Cline&#039;s friends ending up dead, no, the gaze Cline would give me the moment that happens, that was what I was afraid of. I &#039;&#039;&#039;don&#039;t&#039;&#039;&#039; wish to have any unpleasant thoughts, I &#039;&#039;&#039;don&#039;t&#039;&#039;&#039; want to be hurt; with that belief and nothing else in my mind&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;The chances of Cline&#039;s friends ending up dead, no, the gaze Cline would give me the moment that happens, that was what I was afraid of. I &#039;&#039;&#039;didn&#039;t&#039;&#039;&#039; wish to have any unpleasant thoughts, I &#039;&#039;&#039;didn&#039;t&#039;&#039;&#039; want to be hurt; with that belief and nothing else in my mind&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Monologue again. The paragraph starts off with a hypothetical situation of an event that would had happened in the past. The &amp;quot;wish to not be hurt&amp;quot; probably applied in the present, but would that count?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Oh, and you reverted some TL changes I made in that edit, but don&#039;t worry about it; I&#039;ll fix those up afterwards, after your reply.--[[User:Tap|Tap]] 13:08, 13 March 2012 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Footnotes ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hi! Could you please explain to me how to add footnotes? I have no idea. :( Thanks [[User:Stellarroze|Stellarroze]] 18:11, 3 April 2012 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I didn&#039;t see that, thanks for explaining again. :) [[User:Stellarroze|Stellarroze]] 05:11, 4 April 2012 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Caliber SS ==&lt;br /&gt;
Caliber SS is an alternate end to the Caliber arc in Vol 8, a &amp;quot;What if Cline didn&#039;t save Freyja&amp;quot; scenario. I broke the chapter into 3 parts to make navigation easier.&lt;br /&gt;
(The 1st part could be omitted since its 100% the same, but I left it in there to show where the story breaks up from the actual Caliber arc)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Tab spaces ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hello senpai...could you please tell me how to create tab spaces while editing? I have racked my brain over it for quite a while but still haven&#039;t found out a solution. --[[User:Chancs|Chancs]] 06:03, 23 April 2012 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ummmm...what to say...thanks. pretty long instructions. Indentations are easy enough at each starting line since it is in advanced editing. A fellow translator was requiring to put song lyrics in tabs as in the raw. Just have to browse through carefully all the links. Tedious . I don&#039;t like to do tediuos things. I hate to do tediuos things.....enough ranting. Thanks for the help senpai. Even I was curious about the tabs. --[[User:Chancs|Chancs]] 10:33, 23 April 2012 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ahhh nope, the lyrics are like this&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;arastddtgfjf_________tsrstrstystd&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ignore that line and consider it as tab space. Cosider similar 3-4 such lines. --[[User:Chancs|Chancs]] 11:42, 23 April 2012 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Oh thanks. I was kinda playing with that tabulated format in SAO vol 1 index before to somehow learn but was not successful. Your&#039;s made it easier --[[User:Chancs|Chancs]] 15:28, 23 April 2012 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Picture Translation and Editing==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===SAO Pics===&lt;br /&gt;
I added translated text to the page002-003 image of SAO vol.6, it&#039;s on the image page itself as I don&#039;t know how to properly add it to the talk page. Text was translated long ago and it was on the old version page of the images. -- [[User:BeginnerXP|BeginnerXP]] 20:33, 1 May 2012 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you mean the map in vol6, it&#039;s already roughly translated (but unedit which I want to redo eventually), if you mean images in vol7&amp;amp;8, I planned to translate them but currently I&#039;m very far behind my schedule of SAO9 Prologue2, so I can&#039;t do something else yet until it&#039;s finished. All of vol9 images were done though, text are in the image pages, except the map, which I uploaded translated version instead. -- [[User:BeginnerXP|BeginnerXP]] 00:03, 2 May 2012 (CDT) 23:44, 1 May 2012 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Images in volume 6 suffered from the red line, fortunately it wasn&#039;t too time consuming to fix, but images in volume 7 are in completely bad quality, I&#039;m still waiting for better quality scanned but chance seemed to be slim. I already edited images in vol.1-6&amp;amp;9 to be used in my own PDF, but as I didn&#039;t remove JP text so I keep them to myself and only uploaded the maps to wiki. - [[User:BeginnerXP|BeginnerXP]] - [[User_talk:BeginnerXP|Talk]] 01:32, 2 May 2012 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translated. I have no interest whatsoever in fonts, so long as I can read em. The translation is way too literal.--[[User:Pryun|Pryun]] - [[User_talk:Pryun|Talk]] 02:17, 2 May 2012 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Frankly, since you are an editor, you should know that the phrasing is too literal....... --[[User:Pryun|Pryun]] - [[User_talk:Pryun|Talk]] 02:26, 2 May 2012 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The one with Sinon and dark guy talking, on Beginner&#039;s talk page. --[[User:Pryun|Pryun]] - [[User_talk:Pryun|Talk]] 02:33, 2 May 2012 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sinon one: &amp;quot;you/I must always check six at all times&amp;quot;, or &amp;quot;you/I must always be alert at all times.&amp;quot;(frankly, i have no idea what check six is, but can guess based on the context). &amp;quot;check six at all times&amp;quot; is also possible&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Other one:there should be a line(long dash) after &amp;quot;defeated here by me&amp;quot;, then the later part should be &amp;quot;Just watch there as I kill this girl&amp;quot; or something similar. giving rough TN here, no time to give a nice one at the moment. --[[User:Pryun|Pryun]] - [[User_talk:Pryun|Talk]] 02:51, 2 May 2012 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is definitely not wherever. But I&#039;d rather use &amp;quot;at all times&amp;quot; than &amp;quot;whenever&amp;quot;. P.S. I don&#039;t even know who translated those images, so can&#039;t ask...... --[[User:Pryun|Pryun]] - [[User_talk:Pryun|Talk]] 05:13, 2 May 2012 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The text in this picture http://www.baka-tsuki.org/project/index.php?title=File:Sword_Art_Online_Vol_07_-002-003.jpg is completely translated. Can I ask you to edit it? --[[User:M.A.D|M.A.D]] 06:42, 25 May 2012 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you mean the text in volume 7, the image quality is too poor for me to want to spend my time on. But for volume 8, I already did all of them, just I didn&#039;t add them to wiki, you can get the text from my SAO8 PDF I post in forums and edit the images accordingly, you also might need to correct some mistakes as I didn&#039;t want to bother Pryun to look at them with his busy schedule. -- [[User:BeginnerXP|BeginnerXP]] - [[User_talk:BeginnerXP|Talk]] 05:22, 7 June 2012 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== SAO edits ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In case you and Vaelis can&#039;t agree on something, go to Sharramon. He&#039;s the supervisor of the project. However, issues such as format is left to the project administrator, which is to say, Vaelis. [[User:Kira0802|Kira]] ([[User_talk:Kira0802|Talk]]) 21:45, 15 May 2012 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Warning ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I regret to tell you that, while you have the right to debate and support your position civilly, your repeated public criticizing and resorting to making offending and aggressive posts about staff of baka-tsuki on other users&#039; talk pages is seen as an action to sow discord and disharmony in the community, and this will not be tolerated. While it is regrettable, if you choose to continue to pursue your current course of action, a ban will be slapped. --[[User:Larethian|larethian]] 06:24, 16 May 2012 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I understand. At least I&#039;m trying to talk it out. [[User:Zero2001|Zero2001]] - [[User_talk:Zero2001|Talk]] -  07:00, 16 May 2012 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Dude, don&#039;t try to talk it out! Just leave it. Why are you putting so much effort on a debate about &#039;&#039;punctuations&#039;&#039;? I&#039;m sure you spent a lot of time editing those, and god knows I hate it too when the other guy doesn&#039;t see it the way I do. But there are times when it&#039;s simply not worth it. Your debate with Vaelis had cost more space than those quote marks could fill, and the guy is demotivated from actually participating further in SAO project. And I can tell you, from a common reader&#039;s point of view, which is me, it doesn&#039;t matter if straight or curl quotations are used, so long as we can actually read what was quoted. Further more, even though it&#039;s hard to see curlies on a Wiki page, they are more apparent when read in a PDF. It&#039;s not like those thing are completely without merit.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And finally, as a former English-&amp;gt;Vietnamese translator, I can tell you that translators prefer to type what their fingers can reach on the keyboard, which is straight marks. That said, most works would be submitted on BT with straight quotation marks. If Vaelis wants to spend efforts on making them look better with curlies, then for god&#039;s sake, let him. You&#039;re not losing anything from this. --[[User:M.A.D|M.A.D]] 19:21, 16 May 2012 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I understand your point. BTW I&#039;ve already let it go, for now. But, please understand that using straight quote marks actually &#039;&#039;reduces&#039;&#039; the size of the page (Sometimes in the thousands) thus allowing the page to be loaded faster. Oh well. I&#039;ve excluded SAO pages from my quote change list in FoxReplace. I think I&#039;ll wait until a better opportunity presents itself. [[User:Zero2001|Zero2001]] - [[User_talk:Zero2001|Talk]] -  23:32, 16 May 2012 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I&#039;m glad to hear that from you. If you are demotivated too, I&#039;ll feel bad about it, but I guess you&#039;re not the type. Anyway, are you positively sure that the amount of dialogue in a single chapter would provide enough quote marks to make a substantial change? And even if they were.. well, I heard some people like it big and curved *snickers* --[[User:M.A.D|M.A.D]] 18:38, 17 May 2012 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And some like it flat. *Snickers*. Well... actually there is no notable difference in the view mode unless you do an 8x Zoom or use a FullHD monitor (most wont do 8x or have one either). But I have checked in the recent changes after converting a few pages of them. The more dialogues there are the more the page size is reduced after conversion to typewriter quote marks. And since most surfers can&#039;t see the difference, thus it&#039;s the better choice because of the reduction in size. Often the letter count is lowered by a thousand or two. It depends on the number of instances. [[User:Zero2001|Zero2001]] - [[User_talk:Zero2001|Talk]] -  22:13, 17 May 2012 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hmm, guess I will add my part here. Since you have signed up as editor for Accel World, I guess your Zero Check will get there eventually. Let me just tell you before you start, separate your quotation changes from all your other edits please. Just in case a supervisor after me care more about those than I do. It might not be a bad idea for all your Zero Checks in other projects either. [[User:Xplorer30|Xplorer30]] - [[User_talk:Xplorer30|Talk]] 04:39, 18 May 2012 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You have two soaps in the market, both have the same skin-whitening effect but one is twice as expensive as the the other. Which do you choose? [[User:Zero2001|Zero2001]] - [[User_talk:Zero2001|Talk]] -  08:52, 18 May 2012 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I am going to let you do your changes, so what is your problem with separating them from your other edits? That is a very simple request I think. I see it as just a matter of taste, are you the type who wear rough work clothes to a dinner party, or fancy clothes? Since you are a programmer, do you write only in assembler for speed? I just want to prevent another war in the future, when someone undo your quotation edit and destroy all your other work. Or in Vaelis&#039; case, work even harder to fix it. [[User:Xplorer30|Xplorer30]] - [[User_talk:Xplorer30|Talk]] 15:10, 18 May 2012 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Like Xplorer30 said you have to separate your edits in two (for the projects who accept those changes). But my main argument is that this way the other editors (and the translators) can check your grammar/spelling/rewording changes without having to search for them lost in all the punctuation changes. [[User:Vaelis|Vaelis]] 15:21, 18 May 2012 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ohhhh. I get it. You want me to edit twice? Once for punctuation and then for the rest. Okay, that&#039;s reasonable. I thought you wanted me to separate the quotation marks changes from the other punctuation changes and deactivate it for your project in FoxReplace. Like I&#039;ve done for SAO. [[User:Zero2001|Zero2001]] - [[User_talk:Zero2001|Talk]] -  21:43, 18 May 2012 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Kikou Shoujo wa Kizutsukanai ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yep, go ahead. :) [[User:Stellarroze|Stellarroze]] 02:31, 20 May 2012 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Did I ever tell you how awesome you are? :D Oh, and how should my signature be edited? I don&#039;t get it. [[User:Stellarroze|Stellarroze]] 03:10, 22 May 2012 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
hey, thanks for the heads up. But I have no idea how to edit codes, so if it isn&#039;t too much trouble, can you just go ahead and replace all the small hearts with the bigger ones?--[[User:Hayashi s|Hayashi s]] 03:45, 22 May 2012 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I was looking at the furigana template in stella&#039;s part, and I don&#039;t think it flows very well. It&#039;s very jarring to see two different terms in the same word. It only works in Japanese because it&#039;s split into katakana and kanji, but English only has one alphabet. Something about it just feels... off--[[User:Hayashi s|Hayashi s]] 05:02, 22 May 2012 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Part 1, is the only complete translation so far. I&#039;ll continue when my exams are done. [[User:Stellarroze|Stellarroze]] - [[User_talk:Stellarroze|Talk]] 02:22, 28 May 2012 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hah? There&#039;s a Kikou Shoujo anime? Or wrong talk page? :) [[User:Stellarroze|Stellarroze]] - [[User_talk:Stellarroze|Talk]] 12:40, 14 June 2012 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I stopped for a bit, because of college stuff. After next Thursday, I will have a lot of free time. [[User:Stellarroze|Stellarroze]] - [[User_talk:Stellarroze|Talk]] 21:50, 14 June 2012 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Accel World ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I see that you are starting your edits in Accel World. There is something I want to clear up with you. The author rarely uses emphasis on some words or sentences, which I had been using italics for. If you are making thoughts into italics, then those probably need to be bold or something else. He also like to use a lot of sound and action sound effects, which I translate if I can. Do novel sound effects need *? [[User:Xplorer30|Xplorer30]] - [[User_talk:Xplorer30|Talk]] 15:49, 27 June 2012 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I am ok with those thought italics. But since this is all in Haruyuki&#039;s POV, 80% or more are his thoughts, which I normally only put speech like thoughts or things that contain &amp;quot;I&amp;quot; in single quotes to separate them. If you care to put in the work to make them into italics, that&#039;s up to you. Usually the author starts those kind of thoughts with a dash. I will have to use bold(I don&#039;t like underline, since that&#039;s auto thought of as links on the net) for those rare author emphasis now though, since I don&#039;t want people to confuse them as thoughts. As for SFX, putting in * seems to make them into a manga, or can you give me example of actual novels that do those? [[User:Xplorer30|Xplorer30]] - [[User_talk:Xplorer30|Talk]] 16:24, 28 June 2012 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ok, I will use bold for author emphasis, and you can do the same if you bump into any in existing translations since I can&#039;t remember where they all are. I will also keep using single quotes for any SFX I translate, and let you decide when to replace them with *. As for Haruyuki trashing Noumi, it will happen in the longest chapter at the end of the volume, but be prepared for surprises since this story arc continues in the next volume. When those will come out, you know better than to ask. [[User:Xplorer30|Xplorer30]] - [[User_talk:Xplorer30|Talk]] 19:24, 28 June 2012 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== About the em dash ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
En dashes and em dashes are either used with spaces on both sides or with no spaces at all. They are not used with a space on one side. --[[User:Aozf05|aozf05]] 23:36, 29 June 2012 (CDT)&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Aozf05</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.baka-tsuki.org/project/index.php?title=User_talk:Zero2001&amp;diff=165469</id>
		<title>User talk:Zero2001</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.baka-tsuki.org/project/index.php?title=User_talk:Zero2001&amp;diff=165469"/>
		<updated>2012-06-30T04:35:25Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Aozf05: /* About the em dash */ new section&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Archives:&#039;&#039;&#039; [[/Archive 1|1]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Punctuation==&lt;br /&gt;
===Somewhat interested in Punctuation Changes===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
How does the bytes work for those anyway? From what you did on IS, the apostrophes for Microsoft Word uses more space than wordpad. Can you explain that to me? Thanks--[[User:Teh Ping|Teh Ping]] 15:19, 29 May 2011 (UCT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 The types of punctuation used formally were: …‘’“” . I used the characters ... and &#039; and &amp;quot; to replace them. The thing is,&lt;br /&gt;
 that every type of character has an id set to it in the form of a combination of bits (01010101). This is done because bits,&lt;br /&gt;
 bytes, kilobytes, megabytes, etc, is how data is stored. In other words &amp;quot; does not equal “ or ” in the storing language.&lt;br /&gt;
 However in English they would mean the same thing. &amp;quot; occurs earlier in the storage character table than “ or ” therefore it&lt;br /&gt;
 has a smaller id. Thus space can be saved by using it. My advice is to either stop using MSWord and use WordPad or TextPad&lt;br /&gt;
 editor. OR... first write in MSWord then take it to TextPad and then use the find and replace functions to switch the above&lt;br /&gt;
 characters. You can also use FoxReplace addon if you are using Firefox but that&#039;s just a little more complex in initializing&lt;br /&gt;
 the settings but the result is that the replacement process becomes fully automated (It&#039;s a major pain if you make a mistake&lt;br /&gt;
 though, if you don&#039;t exclude pages you need to, then the replacement could affect something you did not wish it to). The final&lt;br /&gt;
 way is to use this site&#039;s own search and replace function. [[User:Zero2001|Zero2001]] 15:41, 29 May 2011 (UCT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Personally, I use the FoxReplace method. So there might be &#039;&#039;rare&#039;&#039; cases where something unintended was changed. I apologize for that. [[User:Zero2001|Zero2001]] - [[User_talk:Zero2001|Talk]] -  00:37, 4 June 2011 (UCT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 BTW, … and ... actually do not have any differences in the bytes used. I tried replacing them in an Oreimo chapter, but 0 bytes&lt;br /&gt;
 changed. [[User:Kira0802|Kira]] 14:08, 6 July 2011 (UCT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 Hmm. I suspected as much. Basically that means that the … character is equivalent to three fullstop(.) characters.&lt;br /&gt;
 [[User:Zero2001|Zero2001]] - [[User_talk:Zero2001|Talk]] - 16:49, 6 July 2011 (UCT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===FoxReplace Method===&lt;br /&gt;
If you are using FireFox ([http://www.mozilla.com/en-US/firefox/fx/?ref=logo download here]). All you have to do is install the [https://addons.mozilla.org/en-US/firefox/addon/foxreplace/ FoxReplace addon]. After that create an xml file using Notepad (name it anything you like, for the sake of reference I&#039;ll call it &amp;quot;PuncReplace.xml&amp;quot;) and write the following code into the file &#039;&#039;&#039;(copy as it is, if error occurs then just put it all in one line and try again, if error still happens then you&#039;ll have to input it manually. All are text type except last one which is regex type)&#039;&#039;&#039;:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;substitutionlist version=&amp;quot;0.12&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
   &amp;lt;group&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
     &amp;lt;urls&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
       &amp;lt;url&amp;gt;-http://www.baka-tsuki.org/project/index.php?title=User*&amp;lt;/url&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
       &amp;lt;url&amp;gt;http://www.baka-tsuki.org/*&amp;amp;amp;action=edit*&amp;lt;/url&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
       &amp;lt;url&amp;gt;http://www.baka-tsuki.org/*&amp;amp;amp;action=submit*&amp;lt;/url&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
     &amp;lt;/urls&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
     &amp;lt;substitutions&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
       &amp;lt;substitution casesensitive=&amp;quot;true&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
         &amp;lt;input type=&amp;quot;text&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;quot;…&amp;quot;&amp;lt;/input&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
         &amp;lt;output&amp;gt;&amp;quot;...&amp;quot;&amp;lt;/output&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
       &amp;lt;/substitution&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
       &amp;lt;substitution casesensitive=&amp;quot;true&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
         &amp;lt;input type=&amp;quot;text&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;quot;‘&amp;quot;&amp;lt;/input&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
         &amp;lt;output&amp;gt;&amp;quot;&#039;&amp;quot;&amp;lt;/output&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
       &amp;lt;/substitution&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
       &amp;lt;substitution casesensitive=&amp;quot;true&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
         &amp;lt;input type=&amp;quot;text&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;quot;’&amp;quot;&amp;lt;/input&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
         &amp;lt;output&amp;gt;&amp;quot;&#039;&amp;quot;&amp;lt;/output&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
       &amp;lt;/substitution&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
       &amp;lt;substitution casesensitive=&amp;quot;true&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
         &amp;lt;input type=&amp;quot;text&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;quot;“&amp;quot;&amp;lt;/input&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
         &amp;lt;output&amp;gt;&amp;quot;&amp;quot;&amp;quot;&amp;lt;/output&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
       &amp;lt;/substitution&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
       &amp;lt;substitution casesensitive=&amp;quot;true&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
         &amp;lt;input type=&amp;quot;text&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;quot;”&amp;quot;&amp;lt;/input&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
         &amp;lt;output&amp;gt;&amp;quot;&amp;quot;&amp;quot;&amp;lt;/output&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
       &amp;lt;/substitution&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
       &amp;lt;substitution casesensitive=&amp;quot;true&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
         &amp;lt;input type=&amp;quot;text&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;quot;&amp;amp;lt;!—&amp;quot;&amp;lt;/input&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
         &amp;lt;output&amp;gt;&amp;quot;&amp;amp;lt;!--&amp;quot;&amp;lt;/output&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
       &amp;lt;/substitution&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
       &amp;lt;substitution casesensitive=&amp;quot;true&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
         &amp;lt;input type=&amp;quot;text&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;quot;  &amp;quot;&amp;lt;/input&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
         &amp;lt;output&amp;gt;&amp;quot; &amp;quot;&amp;lt;/output&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
       &amp;lt;/substitution&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
       &amp;lt;substitution&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
         &amp;lt;input type=&amp;quot;regexp&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;quot;[ \t]+\n&amp;quot;&amp;lt;/input&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
         &amp;lt;output&amp;gt;&amp;quot;\n&amp;quot;&amp;lt;/output&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
       &amp;lt;/substitution&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
     &amp;lt;/substitutions&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
   &amp;lt;/group&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;/substitutionlist&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Save the file.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After that, (in Firefox) go to FoxReplace options and click the &amp;quot;Import&amp;quot; button, choose the xml file you made (&amp;quot;PuncReplace.xml&amp;quot;).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The settings will automatically load into FoxReplace.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click the &amp;quot;Okay&amp;quot; button and after that whenever you edit or see the preview of the edits the FoxReplace addon will automatically make the appropriate substitutions. Good Hunting! [[User:Zero2001|Zero2001]] - [[User_talk:Zero2001|Talk]] -  17:10, 6 July 2011 (UCT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Stuttering===&lt;br /&gt;
Everyone should be warned. Stuttering is denoted differently in Japanese and English. In Japanese stuttering is denoted by &#039;&#039;&#039;comma&#039;&#039;&#039; or three dots. Whereas in English stuttering is denoted by &#039;&#039;&#039;hyphen&#039;&#039;&#039; or three dots. The reason is to ensure that the &amp;lt;big&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;I&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/big&amp;gt; in stuttering words like &amp;lt;big&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;I-I&#039;&#039;&#039;t&amp;lt;/big&amp;gt; aren&#039;t mistaken with the self reference word &amp;lt;big&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;I&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/big&amp;gt;. There are other similar instances as well. Since &#039;&#039;&#039;commas&#039;&#039;&#039; would allow for such mistakes to happen thus &#039;&#039;&#039;hyphens&#039;&#039;&#039; are used instead. Such conflicts do not occur in Japanese (due to watashi, boku, etc instead of in English where &amp;lt;big&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;I&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/big&amp;gt; can be confused since most stutterings are of words that start with &amp;lt;big&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;I&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/big&amp;gt; or similar circumstances, &amp;lt;big&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;A&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/big&amp;gt; is another one). [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Stutter#Primary_behaviors See here.] Take care to properly translate thus. [[User:Zero2001|Zero2001]] - [[User_talk:Zero2001|Talk]] -  12:37, 9 February 2012 (CST)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Messages==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If its not too much trouble, can you change the template nav on Toaru Majustsu no Index from Spin-Offs to Side Story&#039;s? Well this is not an urgent matter so its fine if its done within a month or so. --[[User:Hiro Hayase|Hiro Hayase]] 15:32, 3 September 2011 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Alright then, thanks. -[[User:Hiro Hayase|Hiro Hayase]] 23:16, 3 September 2011 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I have just received the green-light from Teh Ping, you&#039;re free to make the changes at any time now. -[[User:Hiro Hayase|Hiro Hayase]] 00:55, 4 September 2011 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I talked it over with him on Animesuki forums, but I told him to message you later about implementing the changes since you need a direct confirmation. -[[User:Hiro Hayase|Hiro Hayase]] 21:03, 4 September 2011 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yup, I gave Hiro Hayase the green light--[[User:Teh Ping|Teh Ping]] 23:14, 4 September 2011 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On Infinite Stratos. Young Japanese women or school girls usually say &amp;quot;Ehhh~&amp;quot; just to sound cute or in a cutesy manner in Japanese societyespecially in conversations between fellow woman. So its better to keep them in most cases in IS. It&#039;s staying true to the author&#039;s original intent since &amp;quot;Whaaat&amp;quot; isn&#039;t very cute sounding for the most part, although it does fit in the sentence. -[[User:Hiro Hayase|Hiro Hayase]] 22:01, 7 September 2011 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thanks, please do that then. -[[User:Hiro Hayase|Hiro Hayase]] 01:08, 8 September 2011 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Can I ask you help me change all these unnecessary got&#039;s in IS? The got&#039;s are far to numerous and could easily be replaced to was, were, get, become, became, and etc. Except in dialogues since grammar doesn&#039;t matter much there. I don&#039;t think it changes the meaning if you change it. -[[User:Hiro Hayase|Hiro Hayase]] 19:05, 17 September 2011 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Agreed, two heads are better than one. Let&#039;s do as you proposed then. -[[User:Hiro Hayase|Hiro Hayase]] 22:41, 17 September 2011 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zero, I&#039;ve just logged in now and saw this wonderful template you created. It&#039;s very handy. Thank you so much! sorry for saying thank you so late. &lt;br /&gt;
BTW, I&#039;ve just uploaded a chapter. It&#039;s shown in the collapsable Nav Template. My questions are:&lt;br /&gt;
1. Is there a link where I can go directly to the Nav rather than clicking it from the msg you left on CSR? &lt;br /&gt;
2. What edits do I need to make so that on the main page of CSR, it&#039;s shown that the chapter has been uploaded? (I did the usual edit but the chapter - vol 15, Ch1 - is still red in colour)&lt;br /&gt;
I&#039;m terrible with computer codes and stuff. Thanks in advance for the help!&lt;br /&gt;
-[[User:Blewin|Blewin]] 21-10-11&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==AW Nav bar==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hi, I added parts incomplete to your Incomplete template. Somehow the display is messed up, can you see if you can fix it? Thanks. Check this link to see how it looks now - [[Accel_World:Volume_10_Chapter_3|Accel World Volume 10 Chapter 3]]. [[User:Xplorer30|Xplorer30]] - [[User_talk:Xplorer30|Talk]] 05:18, 14 February 2012 (CST)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thanks for the quick fix. I looked at it too but couldn&#039;t find what&#039;s wrong. Still not too sure how you fixed it either. All those brackets make me dizzy. [[User:Xplorer30|Xplorer30]] - [[User_talk:Xplorer30|Talk]] 05:52, 14 February 2012 (CST)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
That&#039;s strange, my AW Nav has &amp;quot;if then&amp;quot; lines too, and I put them on separate lines with no problem. Ah well all that matters is it got fixed. About helping with SAO, I might be able to do it, but only after I finish Accel World volume 2, not earlier, sorry. I forgot to mention, SAO volume 5 chapter 6 might be sort of free for helping, but chapter 7 is being worked on by Desodus so there might be some sort of problem taking over it... [[User:Xplorer30|Xplorer30]] - [[User_talk:Xplorer30|Talk]] 17:56, 14 February 2012 (CST)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thanks for the offer, but hold off on that AW Nav mod for now. For one I don&#039;t want to psyche myself with your red links, and for another, I want to try to see if I can keep the existing nav for a collapase title. [[User:Xplorer30|Xplorer30]] - [[User_talk:Xplorer30|Talk]] 06:20, 15 February 2012 (CST)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I mod my [[Template:AW Nav|Accel World Nav Template]] to include full content nav, just volume 1, 2 and 10 right now though. It&#039;s not pretty like yours but seems to work fine. Check it out if you want. [[User:Xplorer30|Xplorer30]] - [[User_talk:Xplorer30|Talk]] 07:30, 15 February 2012 (CST)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
About making my AW Nav looking better, only if you can keep the link parts so that I can see where I am going to read next. Sometimes when I get to the bottom of a chapter, I forget which chapter it is, and seeing where I am going exactly instead of just Next helps. [[User:Xplorer30|Xplorer30]] - [[User_talk:Xplorer30|Talk]] 11:42, 15 February 2012 (CST)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I made it look prettier now. Going to leave it like that, unless you want to help me with colors and font size. Thanks, but you don&#039;t need to do any major work on it anymore for now. [[User:Xplorer30|Xplorer30]] - [[User_talk:Xplorer30|Talk]] 14:21, 15 February 2012 (CST)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thanks for your color and alignment mods. I like most of them, except that I will move the chapters back to align left, since making them center looks sort of weird. [[User:Xplorer30|Xplorer30]] - [[User_talk:Xplorer30|Talk]] 11:03, 16 February 2012 (CST)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nope, there&#039;s nothing wrong with it. It&#039;s just I want to sort out a few things out with the project first. Then college got in the way and I ended up forgetting to do it. I&#039;ve got a 2 week break now, so it should be done soon. [[Special:Contributions/31.105.69.35|31.105.69.35]] 03:01, 1 April 2012 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I have been busy lately so Accel World translation is going slow. If someone that is fast and good want to help translate, then nice, but I would rather not get people who is even slower than me working on it. As for editor, go for it since I don&#039;t seem to have too many of those. [[User:Xplorer30|Xplorer30]] - [[User_talk:Xplorer30|Talk]] 00:26, 3 April 2012 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Simultaneous edits ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I don&#039;t think it would be easy to guess if someone is editing at the same time you do. You can perhaps try to find an arrangement, but there&#039;s no way that it&#039;s on purpose. [[User:Kira0802|Kira]] ([[User_talk:Kira0802|Talk]]) 16:24, 3 October 2011 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If a simultaneous edit occurs then the system catches it and the edit page reloads with both versions (yours and the conflicted one&#039;s) in order to let the editor merge his edits with the previously given one. I&#039;d like to think it&#039;s a mistake as well. But just copying everything and then pasting it instead of selective copy pasting is just wrong. Take me for example. I copied the section (using history) that I previously edited and pasted it in the exact place in the current revision in order to make sure that others&#039; edits aren&#039;t harmed as much a possible. Couldn&#039;t the same have been done by the others? [[User:Zero2001|Zero2001]] - [[User_talk:Zero2001|Talk]] -  02:48, 4 October 2011 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==IS==&lt;br /&gt;
Want to ask something. Didi you also fix the punctuation and stuffs vor vol 1 to 4 as well? 14:28, 5 October 2011 Castor212&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mostly yes but as I edited more and more, my understanding of the punctuation and stuff also increased. So I may have to go back and review everything. [[User:Zero2001|Zero2001]] - [[User_talk:Zero2001|Talk]] -  09:35, 5 October 2011 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Did you also fix stuffs like missing &amp;quot; and mispelled words? Particularly in vol 1 [[User:Castor212|Castor212]] 05:36, 6 October 2011 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Like I said before. My understanding of the kind of mistakes that can occur has increased form before. Back then I did not expect missing &amp;quot; to even happen but I did correct many spelling mistakes. But I will need to check again, especially vol 1 and vol 6. [[User:Zero2001|Zero2001]] - [[User_talk:Zero2001|Talk]] -  04:34, 6 October 2011 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Well, if you do check again, please tell me, cuz ill need to update my pdf^^ [[User:Castor212|Castor212]] 05:36, 6 October 2011 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sure. [[User:Zero2001|Zero2001]] - [[User_talk:Zero2001|Talk]] -  11:34, 6 October 2011 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It&#039;s not that I&#039;m trying to inflate my edit count, but there have been several times when I edit the whole page, the page does not register the edits due to some technical error and I can&#039;t get them back. I&#039;m doing exactly just as you said by putting two tabs to make it convenient for editting. As for how I edit, I do it by each part separated by the marker. And what is the deal with inflating the edit count? If it is as you said that this will create conflicts in editting, then I will just revert to trying to edit the whole page. Hopefully, there won&#039;t be such a problem again. I apologise for the inconvenience caused.[[User:Zakashi|Zakashi]] 23:48, 20 June 2012 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Reference System ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
http://www.baka-tsuki.org/forums/viewtopic.php?f=4&amp;amp;t=4582#p114933&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I don&#039;t understand the post, but I think you do. So, is it possible to change the ref system? [[User:Kira0802|Kira]] ([[User_talk:Kira0802|Talk]]) 16:44, 6 October 2011 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Well with this it should be possible to change the ref system... But I can&#039;t say I like the idea. You won&#039;t be able to visually differentiate between the different chapters. Plus normal users can&#039;t edit that page, only sysops can. [[User:Zero2001|Zero2001]] - [[User_talk:Zero2001|Talk]] -  18:14, 6 October 2011 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Navigation Bar==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Can I use your navigation bar templates as a basis to create one for Kyou Kara Maou?&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Stellarroze|Stellarroze]] 22:08, 20 January 2012 (CST)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thanks for offering to create the nav bar for Kyou Kara Maou, I&#039;ll gladly accept it. :) It would have been a whole load of trial and error for me. You can see all the volumes and chapters on the page - http://www.baka-tsuki.org/project/index.php?title=MA_Series#Updates . As for how we name them, it&#039;s &amp;lt;MaruMA&amp;gt; &amp;lt;Prologue / Chapter #&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thanks again.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Novels 1, 3 and 8 only have &amp;quot;Full Text Versions&amp;quot; :S [[User:ClavelSangrante|ClavelSangrante]] 23:02, 21 January 2012 (CST)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As for why the project name isn&#039;t Kyou Kara Maou, &amp;quot;MA Series&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;Maru-MA Series&amp;quot; is the name of the light novels whilst KKM is the name of the anime. I guess I&#039;m too used to using Kyou Kara Maou. Sorry it caused confusion. As for the chapter-volume issue, one of our translators have a problem with the Baka Tsuki general method and would prefer to do it that way for her contributions. Who should I ask to get permission to allow that? Thanks :D [[User:Stellarroze|Stellarroze]] 01:25, 23 January 2012 (CST)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I think that two of our translator have the same problem, I already asked Onizuka- GTO if there´d be a problem. [[User:ClavelSangrante|ClavelSangrante]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From my talk page:&lt;br /&gt;
It was the translators decision to upload the volumes this way, this is the only way we could upload our job (except Stellarroze) we don´t want to post multiple copies of the same thing. So, I hope it will be understandable. We have no problems with future editing or posting it here, we just don´t want to post twice each chapter. These translations were started before uploading them here, so they would be hosted. ClavelSangrante 04:59, 23 January 2012 (CST)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Stellarroze|Stellarroze]] 05:25, 23 January 2012 (CST)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thank you! I forgot to copy it here.[[User:ClavelSangrante|ClavelSangrante]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yes, we talked about that =P Now everything is alright and each volume has its chapters listed. We are new at baka tsuki, I´m sorry fot he mistake :S [[User:ClavelSangrante|ClavelSangrante]] 18:56, 23 January 2012 (CST)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please go ahead :) [[User:Stellarroze|Stellarroze]] 06:26, 25 January 2012 (CST)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thanks a lot for all your help and feel free to take your time. [[User:Stellarroze|Stellarroze]] 08:27, 25 January 2012 (CST)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thanks for helping to make the Nav Bar :) As for those three volumes, we haven&#039;t got the RAWS for them yet so we don&#039;t know how many chapters they have. So, all I have to do is add the code to the bottom of each page now? &lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Stellarroze|Stellarroze]] 11:32, 29 January 2012 (CST)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Well, although I´m not sure about how many chapters they have, the chapters are already listed, at least how many chapters they should have :/&lt;br /&gt;
Thank you for making maruma template [[User:ClavelSangrante|ClavelSangrante]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
https://docs.google.com/document/d/13LhH8VGuxKjDoP42ml_1gHwt-V51SdT4A_vSqjirTBQ/edit Here is the link for the google doc. --[[User:Desodus|Desodus]] 21:18, 22 February 2012 (CST)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==SAO==&lt;br /&gt;
Black Cats of The Full Moon were formed like a own translation group with the intention to post it only if it is complete translated and edited... --[[User:Darklor|Darklor]] 01:44, 23 February 2012 (CST)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Try the wikipedia page on Dungeons and dragons tabletop RPG, pretty sure it is there (under Will save, probably)... I&#039;ve understood it based on reading from a few tabletop RPG based comics -- [[User:Pryun|Pryun]] 23:15, 8 April 2012 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Dungeons_%26_Dragons_gameplay#3rd_edition&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Pryun|Pryun]] 01:34, 9 April 2012 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
OK, go ahead and change it to that. Also, I aint the one TLing Caliber, and so have no idea how to answer your questions. Direct them to HolyCow... --[[User:Pryun|Pryun]] 01:40, 9 April 2012 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Looks good. Just make sure to keep the ref in. --[[User:Pryun|Pryun]] 01:45, 9 April 2012 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
... Unfortunately, it was roll in JP(as in, katakana). But I have no objections about it being changed... just get someone else to agree with you first, I guess --[[User:Pryun|Pryun]] 01:49, 9 April 2012 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hmm... I think there are very small amounts of free Sentinels running around... I guess you can cap em. All of em, if possible. --[[User:Pryun|Pryun]] 01:54, 18 April 2012 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Tenses. ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Well, you&#039;re probably more knowledgeable than me in English, so do teach me a little. I mainly write based on what sounds natural to me, which somehow results in me mixing tenses quite a bit. If you don&#039;t mind, could you explain how tenses would work in the quotes below?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Traditional writers seem to prefer past tense in narratives, regardless of point of view. Not sure if the edits from Pryun were simply due to that, but anyway...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;This might be some sort of fate; I &#039;&#039;&#039;do have&#039;&#039;&#039; a considerable liking for death game themes in fiction, and had gone through many novels, comics, movies and such from all over. Of course, the games I had tend to cover a large variety of themes, but I believe it to be a common theory existing within them.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;This might be some sort of fate; I &#039;&#039;&#039;had&#039;&#039;&#039; a considerable liking for death game themes in fiction, and had gone through many novels, comics, movies and such from all over. Of course, the games I had tend to cover a large variety of themes, but I believe it to be a common theory existing within them.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Kirito&#039;s monologue. It&#039;s likely that he still possesses that liking for the genre even now, but would that count as present tense or past? The part after that would be past, seeing as it was something he experienced in the past, right?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;The chances of Cline&#039;s friends ending up dead, no, the gaze Cline would give me the moment that happens, that was what I was afraid of. I &#039;&#039;&#039;don&#039;t&#039;&#039;&#039; wish to have any unpleasant thoughts, I &#039;&#039;&#039;don&#039;t&#039;&#039;&#039; want to be hurt; with that belief and nothing else in my mind&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;The chances of Cline&#039;s friends ending up dead, no, the gaze Cline would give me the moment that happens, that was what I was afraid of. I &#039;&#039;&#039;didn&#039;t&#039;&#039;&#039; wish to have any unpleasant thoughts, I &#039;&#039;&#039;didn&#039;t&#039;&#039;&#039; want to be hurt; with that belief and nothing else in my mind&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Monologue again. The paragraph starts off with a hypothetical situation of an event that would had happened in the past. The &amp;quot;wish to not be hurt&amp;quot; probably applied in the present, but would that count?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Oh, and you reverted some TL changes I made in that edit, but don&#039;t worry about it; I&#039;ll fix those up afterwards, after your reply.--[[User:Tap|Tap]] 13:08, 13 March 2012 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Footnotes ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hi! Could you please explain to me how to add footnotes? I have no idea. :( Thanks [[User:Stellarroze|Stellarroze]] 18:11, 3 April 2012 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I didn&#039;t see that, thanks for explaining again. :) [[User:Stellarroze|Stellarroze]] 05:11, 4 April 2012 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Caliber SS ==&lt;br /&gt;
Caliber SS is an alternate end to the Caliber arc in Vol 8, a &amp;quot;What if Cline didn&#039;t save Freyja&amp;quot; scenario. I broke the chapter into 3 parts to make navigation easier.&lt;br /&gt;
(The 1st part could be omitted since its 100% the same, but I left it in there to show where the story breaks up from the actual Caliber arc)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Tab spaces ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hello senpai...could you please tell me how to create tab spaces while editing? I have racked my brain over it for quite a while but still haven&#039;t found out a solution. --[[User:Chancs|Chancs]] 06:03, 23 April 2012 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ummmm...what to say...thanks. pretty long instructions. Indentations are easy enough at each starting line since it is in advanced editing. A fellow translator was requiring to put song lyrics in tabs as in the raw. Just have to browse through carefully all the links. Tedious . I don&#039;t like to do tediuos things. I hate to do tediuos things.....enough ranting. Thanks for the help senpai. Even I was curious about the tabs. --[[User:Chancs|Chancs]] 10:33, 23 April 2012 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ahhh nope, the lyrics are like this&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;arastddtgfjf_________tsrstrstystd&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ignore that line and consider it as tab space. Cosider similar 3-4 such lines. --[[User:Chancs|Chancs]] 11:42, 23 April 2012 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Oh thanks. I was kinda playing with that tabulated format in SAO vol 1 index before to somehow learn but was not successful. Your&#039;s made it easier --[[User:Chancs|Chancs]] 15:28, 23 April 2012 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Picture Translation and Editing==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===SAO Pics===&lt;br /&gt;
I added translated text to the page002-003 image of SAO vol.6, it&#039;s on the image page itself as I don&#039;t know how to properly add it to the talk page. Text was translated long ago and it was on the old version page of the images. -- [[User:BeginnerXP|BeginnerXP]] 20:33, 1 May 2012 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you mean the map in vol6, it&#039;s already roughly translated (but unedit which I want to redo eventually), if you mean images in vol7&amp;amp;8, I planned to translate them but currently I&#039;m very far behind my schedule of SAO9 Prologue2, so I can&#039;t do something else yet until it&#039;s finished. All of vol9 images were done though, text are in the image pages, except the map, which I uploaded translated version instead. -- [[User:BeginnerXP|BeginnerXP]] 00:03, 2 May 2012 (CDT) 23:44, 1 May 2012 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Images in volume 6 suffered from the red line, fortunately it wasn&#039;t too time consuming to fix, but images in volume 7 are in completely bad quality, I&#039;m still waiting for better quality scanned but chance seemed to be slim. I already edited images in vol.1-6&amp;amp;9 to be used in my own PDF, but as I didn&#039;t remove JP text so I keep them to myself and only uploaded the maps to wiki. - [[User:BeginnerXP|BeginnerXP]] - [[User_talk:BeginnerXP|Talk]] 01:32, 2 May 2012 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translated. I have no interest whatsoever in fonts, so long as I can read em. The translation is way too literal.--[[User:Pryun|Pryun]] - [[User_talk:Pryun|Talk]] 02:17, 2 May 2012 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Frankly, since you are an editor, you should know that the phrasing is too literal....... --[[User:Pryun|Pryun]] - [[User_talk:Pryun|Talk]] 02:26, 2 May 2012 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The one with Sinon and dark guy talking, on Beginner&#039;s talk page. --[[User:Pryun|Pryun]] - [[User_talk:Pryun|Talk]] 02:33, 2 May 2012 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sinon one: &amp;quot;you/I must always check six at all times&amp;quot;, or &amp;quot;you/I must always be alert at all times.&amp;quot;(frankly, i have no idea what check six is, but can guess based on the context). &amp;quot;check six at all times&amp;quot; is also possible&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Other one:there should be a line(long dash) after &amp;quot;defeated here by me&amp;quot;, then the later part should be &amp;quot;Just watch there as I kill this girl&amp;quot; or something similar. giving rough TN here, no time to give a nice one at the moment. --[[User:Pryun|Pryun]] - [[User_talk:Pryun|Talk]] 02:51, 2 May 2012 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is definitely not wherever. But I&#039;d rather use &amp;quot;at all times&amp;quot; than &amp;quot;whenever&amp;quot;. P.S. I don&#039;t even know who translated those images, so can&#039;t ask...... --[[User:Pryun|Pryun]] - [[User_talk:Pryun|Talk]] 05:13, 2 May 2012 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The text in this picture http://www.baka-tsuki.org/project/index.php?title=File:Sword_Art_Online_Vol_07_-002-003.jpg is completely translated. Can I ask you to edit it? --[[User:M.A.D|M.A.D]] 06:42, 25 May 2012 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you mean the text in volume 7, the image quality is too poor for me to want to spend my time on. But for volume 8, I already did all of them, just I didn&#039;t add them to wiki, you can get the text from my SAO8 PDF I post in forums and edit the images accordingly, you also might need to correct some mistakes as I didn&#039;t want to bother Pryun to look at them with his busy schedule. -- [[User:BeginnerXP|BeginnerXP]] - [[User_talk:BeginnerXP|Talk]] 05:22, 7 June 2012 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== SAO edits ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In case you and Vaelis can&#039;t agree on something, go to Sharramon. He&#039;s the supervisor of the project. However, issues such as format is left to the project administrator, which is to say, Vaelis. [[User:Kira0802|Kira]] ([[User_talk:Kira0802|Talk]]) 21:45, 15 May 2012 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Warning ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I regret to tell you that, while you have the right to debate and support your position civilly, your repeated public criticizing and resorting to making offending and aggressive posts about staff of baka-tsuki on other users&#039; talk pages is seen as an action to sow discord and disharmony in the community, and this will not be tolerated. While it is regrettable, if you choose to continue to pursue your current course of action, a ban will be slapped. --[[User:Larethian|larethian]] 06:24, 16 May 2012 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I understand. At least I&#039;m trying to talk it out. [[User:Zero2001|Zero2001]] - [[User_talk:Zero2001|Talk]] -  07:00, 16 May 2012 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Dude, don&#039;t try to talk it out! Just leave it. Why are you putting so much effort on a debate about &#039;&#039;punctuations&#039;&#039;? I&#039;m sure you spent a lot of time editing those, and god knows I hate it too when the other guy doesn&#039;t see it the way I do. But there are times when it&#039;s simply not worth it. Your debate with Vaelis had cost more space than those quote marks could fill, and the guy is demotivated from actually participating further in SAO project. And I can tell you, from a common reader&#039;s point of view, which is me, it doesn&#039;t matter if straight or curl quotations are used, so long as we can actually read what was quoted. Further more, even though it&#039;s hard to see curlies on a Wiki page, they are more apparent when read in a PDF. It&#039;s not like those thing are completely without merit.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And finally, as a former English-&amp;gt;Vietnamese translator, I can tell you that translators prefer to type what their fingers can reach on the keyboard, which is straight marks. That said, most works would be submitted on BT with straight quotation marks. If Vaelis wants to spend efforts on making them look better with curlies, then for god&#039;s sake, let him. You&#039;re not losing anything from this. --[[User:M.A.D|M.A.D]] 19:21, 16 May 2012 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I understand your point. BTW I&#039;ve already let it go, for now. But, please understand that using straight quote marks actually &#039;&#039;reduces&#039;&#039; the size of the page (Sometimes in the thousands) thus allowing the page to be loaded faster. Oh well. I&#039;ve excluded SAO pages from my quote change list in FoxReplace. I think I&#039;ll wait until a better opportunity presents itself. [[User:Zero2001|Zero2001]] - [[User_talk:Zero2001|Talk]] -  23:32, 16 May 2012 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I&#039;m glad to hear that from you. If you are demotivated too, I&#039;ll feel bad about it, but I guess you&#039;re not the type. Anyway, are you positively sure that the amount of dialogue in a single chapter would provide enough quote marks to make a substantial change? And even if they were.. well, I heard some people like it big and curved *snickers* --[[User:M.A.D|M.A.D]] 18:38, 17 May 2012 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And some like it flat. *Snickers*. Well... actually there is no notable difference in the view mode unless you do an 8x Zoom or use a FullHD monitor (most wont do 8x or have one either). But I have checked in the recent changes after converting a few pages of them. The more dialogues there are the more the page size is reduced after conversion to typewriter quote marks. And since most surfers can&#039;t see the difference, thus it&#039;s the better choice because of the reduction in size. Often the letter count is lowered by a thousand or two. It depends on the number of instances. [[User:Zero2001|Zero2001]] - [[User_talk:Zero2001|Talk]] -  22:13, 17 May 2012 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hmm, guess I will add my part here. Since you have signed up as editor for Accel World, I guess your Zero Check will get there eventually. Let me just tell you before you start, separate your quotation changes from all your other edits please. Just in case a supervisor after me care more about those than I do. It might not be a bad idea for all your Zero Checks in other projects either. [[User:Xplorer30|Xplorer30]] - [[User_talk:Xplorer30|Talk]] 04:39, 18 May 2012 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You have two soaps in the market, both have the same skin-whitening effect but one is twice as expensive as the the other. Which do you choose? [[User:Zero2001|Zero2001]] - [[User_talk:Zero2001|Talk]] -  08:52, 18 May 2012 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I am going to let you do your changes, so what is your problem with separating them from your other edits? That is a very simple request I think. I see it as just a matter of taste, are you the type who wear rough work clothes to a dinner party, or fancy clothes? Since you are a programmer, do you write only in assembler for speed? I just want to prevent another war in the future, when someone undo your quotation edit and destroy all your other work. Or in Vaelis&#039; case, work even harder to fix it. [[User:Xplorer30|Xplorer30]] - [[User_talk:Xplorer30|Talk]] 15:10, 18 May 2012 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Like Xplorer30 said you have to separate your edits in two (for the projects who accept those changes). But my main argument is that this way the other editors (and the translators) can check your grammar/spelling/rewording changes without having to search for them lost in all the punctuation changes. [[User:Vaelis|Vaelis]] 15:21, 18 May 2012 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ohhhh. I get it. You want me to edit twice? Once for punctuation and then for the rest. Okay, that&#039;s reasonable. I thought you wanted me to separate the quotation marks changes from the other punctuation changes and deactivate it for your project in FoxReplace. Like I&#039;ve done for SAO. [[User:Zero2001|Zero2001]] - [[User_talk:Zero2001|Talk]] -  21:43, 18 May 2012 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Kikou Shoujo wa Kizutsukanai ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yep, go ahead. :) [[User:Stellarroze|Stellarroze]] 02:31, 20 May 2012 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Did I ever tell you how awesome you are? :D Oh, and how should my signature be edited? I don&#039;t get it. [[User:Stellarroze|Stellarroze]] 03:10, 22 May 2012 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
hey, thanks for the heads up. But I have no idea how to edit codes, so if it isn&#039;t too much trouble, can you just go ahead and replace all the small hearts with the bigger ones?--[[User:Hayashi s|Hayashi s]] 03:45, 22 May 2012 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I was looking at the furigana template in stella&#039;s part, and I don&#039;t think it flows very well. It&#039;s very jarring to see two different terms in the same word. It only works in Japanese because it&#039;s split into katakana and kanji, but English only has one alphabet. Something about it just feels... off--[[User:Hayashi s|Hayashi s]] 05:02, 22 May 2012 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Part 1, is the only complete translation so far. I&#039;ll continue when my exams are done. [[User:Stellarroze|Stellarroze]] - [[User_talk:Stellarroze|Talk]] 02:22, 28 May 2012 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hah? There&#039;s a Kikou Shoujo anime? Or wrong talk page? :) [[User:Stellarroze|Stellarroze]] - [[User_talk:Stellarroze|Talk]] 12:40, 14 June 2012 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I stopped for a bit, because of college stuff. After next Thursday, I will have a lot of free time. [[User:Stellarroze|Stellarroze]] - [[User_talk:Stellarroze|Talk]] 21:50, 14 June 2012 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Accel World ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I see that you are starting your edits in Accel World. There is something I want to clear up with you. The author rarely uses emphasis on some words or sentences, which I had been using italics for. If you are making thoughts into italics, then those probably need to be bold or something else. He also like to use a lot of sound and action sound effects, which I translate if I can. Do novel sound effects need *? [[User:Xplorer30|Xplorer30]] - [[User_talk:Xplorer30|Talk]] 15:49, 27 June 2012 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I am ok with those thought italics. But since this is all in Haruyuki&#039;s POV, 80% or more are his thoughts, which I normally only put speech like thoughts or things that contain &amp;quot;I&amp;quot; in single quotes to separate them. If you care to put in the work to make them into italics, that&#039;s up to you. Usually the author starts those kind of thoughts with a dash. I will have to use bold(I don&#039;t like underline, since that&#039;s auto thought of as links on the net) for those rare author emphasis now though, since I don&#039;t want people to confuse them as thoughts. As for SFX, putting in * seems to make them into a manga, or can you give me example of actual novels that do those? [[User:Xplorer30|Xplorer30]] - [[User_talk:Xplorer30|Talk]] 16:24, 28 June 2012 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ok, I will use bold for author emphasis, and you can do the same if you bump into any in existing translations since I can&#039;t remember where they all are. I will also keep using single quotes for any SFX I translate, and let you decide when to replace them with *. As for Haruyuki trashing Noumi, it will happen in the longest chapter at the end of the volume, but be prepared for surprises since this story arc continues in the next volume. When those will come out, you know better than to ask. [[User:Xplorer30|Xplorer30]] - [[User_talk:Xplorer30|Talk]] 19:24, 28 June 2012 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== About the em dash ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
En dashes and em dashes are either used with spaces on both sides or without spaces on both sides. They are not used with a space on one side.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Aozf05</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.baka-tsuki.org/project/index.php?title=Talk:Sword_Art_Online&amp;diff=164919</id>
		<title>Talk:Sword Art Online</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.baka-tsuki.org/project/index.php?title=Talk:Sword_Art_Online&amp;diff=164919"/>
		<updated>2012-06-27T05:48:58Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Aozf05: /* Argas or Agas? */ new section&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==Can you Translate the Text on these Images?==&lt;br /&gt;
They are the ones at the beginning of the first book. Here are the links:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Image:Sword_Art_Online_Vol_01_-_002-003.jpg|Kirito: &amp;quot;&#039;&#039;Strange, Asuna. Why are you showing your face in a place like this?&#039;&#039;.&amp;quot;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;A [Solo Player] swordsman aiming to reach Aincrad&#039;s topmost level.&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;Egil: &amp;quot;&#039;&#039;Our shop&#039;s motto is to buy cheap and sell cheap&#039;&#039;.&amp;quot;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;A merchant stationed at city [Algate], located at Level 50 of Aincrad.&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;Asuna: &amp;quot;&#039;&#039;Kirito-kun...&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;Of an acquired alias of &amp;quot;The Flash&amp;quot;, the sub-leader of the guild &amp;quot;Blood Knights&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
Image:Sword_Art_Online_Vol_01_-_004.jpg|Kirito: &amp;quot;&#039;&#039;Better than you can, most likely&#039;&#039;.&amp;quot;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;Cradil: &amp;quot;...&#039;&#039;I&#039;m going to kill you... I&#039;ll definitely kill you.... Do you think a pathetic player like you can protect Asuna-sama!!&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;A member of the &amp;quot;Blood Knights&amp;quot;, serving as Asuna&#039;s escort.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
Image:Sword_Art_Online_Vol_01_-_005.jpg|Heathcliff: &amp;quot;&#039;&#039;Fight with me, if you win, Asuna can go with you but if you lose, then you will have to join the Knights of Blood&#039;&#039;.&amp;quot;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;A cross-shield user, the leader of the &amp;quot;Blood Knights&amp;quot; and their strongest.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
Image:Sword_Art_Online_Vol_01_-_006-007.jpg|Asuna: &amp;quot;&#039;&#039;D, don&#039;t...look over here...&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
Image:Sword_Art_Online_Vol_01_-_008.jpg|Gargantuan Game Castle &amp;quot;Aincrad&amp;quot;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;An iron-and-stone made castle consisting of 100 floors. Inside it are numerous cities, small towns and villages, forests, grasslands, and lakes. One stairway connects each floor to the previous and succeeding floor, and all of them are in dangerous labyrinth zones where monsters wander about. Players in this world rely on one weapon as they run past them, find the way to the upper floors, and take down strong guardian monsters, single-mindedly aiming for the top of the castle. Aside from battling with monsters, there are many scopes of play from manufacturing like smithing, leathercraft and sewing, to hunting and cuisine, to music. This is not merely adventuring in a vast field, [Life] is literally possible here.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;quot;Aincrad&amp;quot; is the world set as the stage for &amp;quot;Sword Art Online&amp;quot;, declared as the world&#039;s first in the VRMMO game genre.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thanks!!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I&#039;ll use Sharramon&#039;s translations for these... Well, for the most part. Lines may be wrong as well. They&#039;re just quotes from the story and descriptions anyway.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
---&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===More Pic Translations===&lt;br /&gt;
Could you translate those sometime too please? --[[User:Darklor|Darklor]] 23:16, 7. Feb. 2010 (UTC)=&lt;br /&gt;
:We should probably put the illustration translations in the discussion pages of the novel images, and perhaps just put a link here to them as a reminder.&lt;br /&gt;
::That was the idea. Or to be precise I would add the translations to the image pages in the image discription. And for those, where it work in the illustration pages, too. I did add they here only to show which images I meant --[[User:Darklor|Darklor]] 07:24, 8 February 2010 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For Vol2 Img7, do I see....a love interest? XDDD On a more on-topic note, I think I put the translation for that page in the right section (the discussion tab right?), care to check?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-Kenena&lt;br /&gt;
====Volume 2====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Image:Sword Art Online Vol 02 - 002-003.jpg|Kirito:&amp;lt;I&amp;gt;&amp;quot;...I&#039;m sorry. I couldn&#039;t save your friend...&amp;quot;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;A [Solo Player] swordsman aiming to reach Aincrad&#039;s topmost level.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/I&amp;gt;Shrika:&amp;lt;I&amp;gt; &amp;quot;...No... Thank you...for coming to help...&amp;quot;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;A [beast tamer] girl possessing the familiar monster [Feather Ridora].&amp;lt;/I&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--使い魔モンスター《フェザーリドラ》を持つ《ビーストテイマー》の少女--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Image:Sword Art Online Vol 02 - 004-005.jpg|Lizabeth:&amp;lt;I&amp;gt;&amp;quot;Err, the dragon&#039;s attack pattern is a left right claw, and a water blast and a sudden gust attack! Be careful, okay?&amp;lt;!--...き、気をつけてね!--&amp;gt;&amp;quot;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; A girl running the blacksmith shop at Aincrad&#039;s 48th floor main district, [Lindaas Street].&amp;lt;/I&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Kirito:&amp;lt;I&amp;gt; &amp;quot;Idiot!! Don&#039;t come out yet!!&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
Image:Sword Art Online Vol 02 - 006.jpg|Yui:&amp;lt;I&amp;gt; &amp;quot;Wah~ Papa, carry me~!&amp;quot;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;A mysterious girl found collapsed in Aincrad&#039;s 22nd floor&#039;s forest.&amp;lt;/I&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--アインクラッド二十二層の森で倒れていた謎の少女--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Image:Sword Art Online Vol 02 - 007.jpg|Sachi: &amp;lt;I&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;Hey, Kirito. Let&#039;s go run away somewhere.&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/I&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;A member in the guild «Black Cats of the Full Moon» in Aincrad.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Volume 3====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Image:Sword Art Online Vol 03 - 003.jpg|Asuna:&amp;lt;I&amp;gt; &amp;quot;Quickly...quickly come and save me, Kirito-kun...&amp;quot;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;A captured girl inside the high specification VRMMO [ALfheim Online].&amp;lt;/I&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Image:Sword Art Online Vol 03 - 004-005.jpg|Lyfa: &amp;lt;I&amp;gt;&amp;quot;Come, hurry! On to Yggdrasil!&amp;quot;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;A girl Kirito met in «ALO». The race of her fairy avatar is «Sylph».&amp;lt;/I&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Yui:&amp;lt;I&amp;gt;&amp;quot;Papa is carefree as usual.&amp;quot;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;A young girl AI who adores Kirito as her papa. Supports Kirito as a «Navigation Pixie» in «ALO».&amp;lt;/I&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Kirito:&amp;lt;I&amp;gt;&amp;quot;Oh...how exciting. At this rate I want to fly all the way.&amp;quot;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;The strongest «Solo Player» in «SAO». Turns to a «Spriggan» swordsman in «ALO».&amp;lt;/I&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Image:Sword Art Online Vol 03 - 006.jpg|Kirigaya Suguha: &amp;lt;I&amp;gt; &amp;quot;...I&#039;m so stupidstupidstupid!&amp;quot;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Kirito&#039;s (Kirigaya Kazuto&#039;s) younger sister. She&#039;s a third-year in junior high school and is a part of the Kendo club.&amp;lt;/I&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--キリト＝桐ヶ谷和人[かずと]の妹。&lt;br /&gt;
中学三年生で剣道部に所属している--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Image:Sword Art Online Vol 03 - 007.jpg|Eugene: &amp;lt;I&amp;gt;&amp;quot;If you can withstand my attacks for 30 seconds, I&#039;ll trust you as an ambassador.&amp;quot;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;The strongest knight among all fairy avatars. His race is «Salamander». Possesses the legendary weapon «Magic Sword Gram».&amp;lt;/I&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Kirito: &amp;lt;I&amp;gt;You&#039;re so generous, aren&#039;t you.&amp;lt;/I&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Image:Sword Art Online Vol 03 - 008.jpg|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Yggdrasil.&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; The destination of all players who log in to «ALfheim Online».&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;The tribe who reaches the legendary floating city above &amp;lt;Yggdrasil&amp;gt; and has an audience with the &amp;lt;Fairy King Oberon&amp;gt;, who lives there, is able to be reborn as a high-class race, the &amp;lt;Alf&amp;gt;. By being reborn into true fairies, the &amp;lt;Alf&amp;gt;, the hover limit imposed on the system is eliminated and unlimited flight is possible. And along with it, they are capable to become the rulers of this infinite sky. It&#039;s possible to enter this floating city through a dome at the root of &amp;lt;Yggdrasil&amp;gt;. However, guardian knights who boast of overwhelming strength guard the entrance. One year has passed since the opening of «ALO», and that quest has yet to be cleared.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Quick comment on your translation for ALO. While I haven&#039;t seen any official English translation for its name, the Japanese Wikipedia calls it Alfheim Online. Personally, I agree with it since it follows the Mythology theme, with Álfar meaning elves in Norse Mythology, making Alfheim mean Elves&#039; (Alf) Home (Heim). The reason I think it follows the Mythology theme is that I believe Yggdrasil makes an appearance (I couldn&#039;t find where I read this, and I have bad memory at best, so possibly wrong), Kirito&#039;s class becomes a [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Spriggan Spriggan], Lyfa (or whatever it ends up being) is a [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Sylph Sylph], and Yui is a Navigation Pixie&amp;lt;!--Quite the specific race if you ask me--&amp;gt;. Hope this helps. ~EnigmaticRepose&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the Japanese raws of volume 3 (page 61), the name is written in English: &amp;quot;ALfheim Online&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Vaelis|Vaelis]] 11:13, 8 February 2010 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* * changes my translation from whatever it was before to spriggan on the img 4~5 discussion page*&lt;br /&gt;
-Kenena&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--Yeah, REALLY specific, although I guess ALO&#039;s like that. I wonder if thats the same Yui from vol 2. I wonder what she was doing in there. *hint hint* lol.--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I wouldn&#039;t have known that I haven&#039;t read much and I know nothing about the Mythology theme, anyway Vaelis has indicted its proper English name. Mind putting the link of the jap wiki here? - --[[User:KuroiHikari|KuroiHikari]] 12:11, 8 February 2010 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Japanese wiki: http://ja.wikipedia.org/wiki/%E3%82%BD%E3%83%BC%E3%83%89%E3%82%A2%E3%83%BC%E3%83%88%E3%83%BB%E3%82%AA%E3%83%B3%E3%83%A9%E3%82%A4%E3%83%B3&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Vaelis|Vaelis]] 13:01, 8 February 2010 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the last pic vol 3 pics are done. So can someone please translate the pics below so that I can photoshop the pics? [[User:Zero2001|Zero2001]] - [[User_talk:Zero2001|Talk]] - 04:13, 20 January 2012 (CST)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Volume 4 ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Image:Sword Art Online 4 - 002-3.jpg|「G&#039;morning Sugu. You seem awfully sleepy. What in the world were you doing last night?」&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;Kirigaya Kazuto: The Black swordsman that led the game clear of the nightmare game &amp;lt;SAO&amp;gt;. Other name &amp;quot;Kirito&amp;quot;.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;「Morning, brother.U--mm......[Oh,] on the internet.....」.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;Kirigaya Suguha: Kazuto = Kirito&#039;s sister, in her third year of junior high, as well as a member of the Kendo club.&lt;br /&gt;
Image:Sword Art Online 4 - 004-5.jpg|「Ki, Kirito-kun!! Wa, Wait......alone, it&#039;s impossible!」&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;Lyfa: The young girl Kirito met in «ALO». The race of her fairy avatar is a «Sylph».&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;「That might be true...... &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;But, I, have to get there.....!!」&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;Kirito: The strongest «Solo Player» in «SAO». Becomes a Spriggan swordsman in «ALO».&lt;br /&gt;
Image:Sword Art Online 4 - 006.jpg|「&amp;quot;I&#039;m here...! Yui-chan, Kirito-kun!&amp;quot;」&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;Asuna - A captive girl in a high specification VRMMO, ALfheim Online.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;「&amp;quot;--But Kirigaya-kun, no, perhaps it is better to call you Kirito-kun. To think that you would come all the way here. I cannot decide whether you are brave or stupid&amp;quot;.」&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;Oberon, the fairy king - Sugou Nobuyuki in the real world. Ploting on using the trust from the father of Asuna, aka Yuuki Asuna, to force against Asuna&#039;s will for a marriage of convenience.&lt;br /&gt;
Image:Sword Art Online 4 - 007.jpg|「......You&#039;re......Onii-chan......?」&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;「Eh......? ----Sugu......Suguha......?」&lt;br /&gt;
Image:Sword Art Online 4 - 008.jpg|Is already edited by BeginnerXP&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please translate these too ..::[[User:Gradient|Gradient]]::.. 04:21, 7 January 2012 (CST)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I&#039;ll start doing the remaining three now. One per day. I&#039;ve already done the two-page spread. BTW I used the font &#039;&#039;&#039;Anime Ace 2.0&#039;&#039;&#039; which is the default for Manga. Plus I intend to continue doing so. If anyone wants this font then all they have to do is google &#039;&#039;&#039;Anime Ace font&#039;&#039;&#039;. I got it for free that way. [[User:Zero2001|Zero2001]] - [[User_talk:Zero2001|Talk]] - 10:25, 20 April 2012 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Done. [[User:Zero2001|Zero2001]] - [[User_talk:Zero2001|Talk]] - 13:33, 1 May 2012 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Volume 6 ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Image:Sword Art Online Vol 06 -002-003.jpeg|「I......don&#039;t want to believe it. There can&#039;t be a VRMMO player who doesn&#039;t PK but truly kills.」&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;Sinon : A female player in the MMO of guns and steel «Gun Gale Online». A sniper wielding the large rifle «Hecate II»&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;「I am going to fight him...... the «Death Gun». I can&#039;t let him shoot anyone with that gun any further.」&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;Kirito: A boy who, in order to come in contact with the «Death Gun», entered «GGO». The only «Sword» user within the MMO of guns and steel.&lt;br /&gt;
Image:Sword Art Online Vol 06 -004-005.jpg|「Even if it is Kirito, he wouldn&#039;t go that far. ......well, I don&#039;t think he would.」&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;Asuna: Kirito&#039;s lover. An Undine sorceress in «ALO»&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;「Ahaha, well that could be true too. Plus, with a sword instead of a gun, in a shooting game.」&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;Lizbeth : The girl who created Kirito&#039;s sword in «SAO». In «ALO», a Leprechaun blacksmith.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;「Really......it&#039;s a surprise isn&#039;t it. Since it&#039;s about Kirito-san, I expected him to go guns-ablaze from the start or something.」&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;Scilica: A girl saved by Kirito in «SAO» Within «ALO», she takes the form of a Cait Sith, capable of Taming.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;「Brother isn&#039;t shown on the screen much--」&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;Lyfa: Kirito&#039;s sister, Suguha. In «ALO», she acts as a Sylph magical warrior.&lt;br /&gt;
Image:Sword Art Online Vol 06 -006.jpeg|Sinon: 「Whenever it is, always check six.」&lt;br /&gt;
Image:Sword Art Online Vol 06 -007.jpeg|(Kirito) 「--------!!」&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;(Death Gun) 「You can&#039;t do anything. You will be defeated here by me, on the ground helplessly while I kill that girl, being able to only watch.」&lt;br /&gt;
Image:Sword Art Online Vol 06 -008.jpeg|Translated and edited by BeginnerXP&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please translate these too ..::[[User:Gradient|Gradient]]::.. 04:21, 7 January 2012 (CST)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Only one left. Can somebody translate the last one so I can photoshop it? [[User:Zero2001|Zero2001]] - [[User_talk:Zero2001|Talk]] - 13:33, 1 May 2012 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Done. I still have the PSD files so if you want any changes just let me know. [[User:Zero2001|Zero2001]] - [[User_talk:Zero2001|Talk]] - 09:46, 3 May 2012 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Volume 7 ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Image:Sword Art Online Vol 07 -002-003.jpg|&#039;&#039;&#039;(top)&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;quot;......uah...&amp;quot;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;Kirito: A player called the «Black Swordsman» by other players trapped in the death game «SAO». Real name is Kirigaya Kazuto. Chooses a Spriggan avatar in «ALO».&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;(following is from right to left)&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;quot;I think the reason why Scilica-chan is sleepy, is due to that.&amp;quot;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;Lyfa: Kirito&#039;s sister, Suguha. In «ALO», she acts as a Sylph magical warrior.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;quot;...Ah, I see...&amp;quot;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;Asuna: Kirito&#039;s lover. An Undine sorceress in «ALO»&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;quot;U... Uu... I&#039;m sleepy.&amp;quot;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;Scilica: A girl saved by Kirito in «SAO» Within «ALO», she takes the form of a Cait Sith, capable of Taming.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;quot;I wonder why looking at that causes sleepiness... Maybe it&#039;s the illusion-type magic that Spriggan are good at or something?&amp;quot;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;Lizbeth : The girl who created Kirito&#039;s sword in «SAO». In «ALO», a Leprechaun blacksmith.&lt;br /&gt;
Image:Sword Art Online Vol 07 -004.jpeg|Add translation here&lt;br /&gt;
Image:Sword Art Online Vol 07 -005.jpeg|Add translation here&lt;br /&gt;
Image:Sword Art Online Vol 07 -006-007.jpeg|(left)&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;quot;We&#039;re almost there! Keep going, Asuna!&amp;quot;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;Yuuki: &#039;&#039;&#039;[Text needs to be added here]&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;(right)&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;quot;Somehow... Did you really, need me at all? I don&#039;t feel like there&#039;s anywhere where I could help you all out with...&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
Image:Sword Art Online Vol 07 -008.jpeg|Add translation here&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please translate these too ..::[[User:Gradient|Gradient]]::.. 04:21, 7 January 2012 (CST)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I&#039;d like to scanlate them all &#039;&#039;&#039;after&#039;&#039;&#039; their text has been translated. So can someone please add the translated text? [[User:Zero2001|Zero2001]] - [[User_talk:Zero2001|Talk]] -  08:45, 1 June 2012 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I&#039;m doing the first one, currently. [[User:Zero2001|Zero2001]] - [[User_talk:Zero2001|Talk]] -  11:07, 1 June 2012 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Done first one. Can someone provide me with the translations for the rest? Then I can photoshop it into them them too. [[User:Zero2001|Zero2001]] - [[User_talk:Zero2001|Talk]] -  14:02, 7 June 2012 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Volume 8 ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Image:Sword Art Online Vol 08 - 002-003.jpg|Kirito:「......で,团長どのは,何か閃いたことはあるい?」&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;Romaji = (......De, danchou-dono wa, nanika hirameita koto wa aru I?)&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;Translation = (......So,how is it leader, can you come up with anything?)&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;Kirito - The player trying to save everyone in the VRMMO Death game «SAO» nicknamed the «Black Swordsman». Only «Solo Player» to possess the «Dual Blades» skill.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;Asuna:「......なんなの,この料理?ラーメン?」&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;Romaji = (......Nan&#039;na no, kono ryōri? Rāmen?&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;Translation = (......What is with this dish? Ramen?)&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;Asuna - Guild «Knights-of-Blood» Sub-Leader. Rapier master nicknamed «Flash».&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;Healthcliff:「では`この偽ラーメンの味のぶんだけ答えよう」&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;Romaji = (Dewa `kono nise rāmen no aji no bun dake kotaeyou)&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;Translation = (OK, I can only give you an answer equal to this fake ramen&#039;s value)&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;Healthcliff - Guild Leader of the strongest guild «Knights-of-Blood». Only player to possess the unique skill «Holy Sword», giving him absolute strength. Does not get along very well with Kirito.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Image:Sword Art Online Vol 08 - 004-005.jpg|Add translation here&lt;br /&gt;
Image:Sword Art Online Vol 08 - 006-007.jpg|Add translation here&lt;br /&gt;
Image:Sword Art Online Vol 08 - 008.jpg|Add translation here&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please translate these too ..::[[User:Gradient|Gradient]]::.. 04:21, 7 January 2012 (CST)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you guys would add the translations here I can photoshop the text into the pics. So please. [[User:Zero2001|Zero2001]] - [[User_talk:Zero2001|Talk]] - 22:20, 19 January 2012 (CST)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You guys realize that all those color pics are in the book like the black and white pics? Well except for some of the explanation ones. If you are bored, go and find where they belong. By the way, some of the pics are translated at the pic location. [[User:Xplorer30|Xplorer30]] - [[User_talk:Xplorer30|Talk]] 04:21, 23 January 2012 (CST)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Added translation for the first pics, I cannot make out what healthcliff is saying, I am not a translator nor proficient in japanese. --[[User:Kyo171|Kyo171]] 12:48, 26 April 2012 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Got the translation for what healthcliff is saying from reading the chinese translated version, it might not make sense juz by looking at the pic coz it refers to the story. --[[User:Kyo171|Kyo171]] 01:05, 4 May 2012 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Double translation can be problematic. Unlike chapter translation, picture editing takes more effort. To the point where editing is more work than translating. I&#039;d like someone to double check. [[User:Zero2001|Zero2001]] - [[User_talk:Zero2001|Talk]] - 01:47, 4 May 2012 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I corrected the Romaji. Cross-checked with Google translate&#039;s phonetic typing function. It&#039;s translation capabilities might suck but the phonetic speech and typing functions are the real deal. [[User:Zero2001|Zero2001]] - [[User_talk:Zero2001|Talk]] - 01:54, 4 May 2012 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
oh, what I meant was I got what healthcliff was saying in japanese but since it did not make sense juz solely based only from the context of the picture I did not put it in. So I was reading the chinese translated version of vol 8, and I got to this particular scene of the story so I could translate it more effectively.It should be correct but I could be wrong. --[[User:Kyo171|Kyo171]] 02:20, 4 May 2012 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I&#039;d like to scanlate them all &#039;&#039;&#039;after&#039;&#039;&#039; their text has been translated. So can someone please add the translated text? [[User:Zero2001|Zero2001]] - [[User_talk:Zero2001|Talk]] -  08:46, 1 June 2012 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Volume 9 ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Sword_Art_Online:Volume_9_Illustrations|Volume 9 Illustrations]]. I cleaned all of the volume 9 images and have edited one of the color pics to be english translated. Will do the remaining two as well soon. [[User:Zero2001|Zero2001]] - [[User_talk:Zero2001|Talk]] - 20:47, 6 May 2012 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Done last two. All color pics now have their levels corrected and also are English translated. [[User:Zero2001|Zero2001]] - [[User_talk:Zero2001|Talk]] -  12:38, 20 May 2012 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Editor==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
OK some of you might notice that this thing has an editor all of a sudden. I&#039;ve done this &#039;without&#039; a supervisor..... I hope that&#039;s OK.... O.o&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Feel free to keep editing if you see something wrong though, we&#039;re only two pairs of eyes and it&#039;s highly probable that we&#039;d miss something. Also we aren&#039;t perfect.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is also not going to affect the speed in any way (well except for only today I think... since y&#039;know it&#039;s going to be first &#039;gap&#039; but it&#039;ll be back to normal. Actually you guys won&#039;t even notice).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You&#039;re never be going to be waiting for too long.... well unless I&#039;m translating slowly. If the editor hasn&#039;t put the next chap up in two days I&#039;ll put mine up first. The editor can chance it with his (or her???? Now I think about it I don&#039;t know O.O) version. But I don&#039;t think that that&#039;s going to happen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And thank you all for reading!!!!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[user:sharramon|sharramon]]-- Jan. 16, 11:19:24 UTC&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Far from perfect. We&#039;re both ESL (English as Second Language) people after all. The good news is that I can do Chinese-English proofreading/editing, the bad news is that tenses are a weakness for me. I&#039;m trying to keep an eye out on other people&#039;s edits and track what kind of things I miss, but if you notice a particular pattern that I fault in please don&#039;t hesitate to fix and/or drop me a note. Also, having more editors is usually a good thing. -- Aorii&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I should have asked before putting up my rather literal translation up, but is that okay? It has already be reverted though. &lt;br /&gt;
As when I went through the japanese text, some stuff was missing. &lt;br /&gt;
By the way, the tense used is past tense, right? Tenses should be same throughout the novel. -KuroiHikari&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hello, i was just wondering if you guys would accept another editor here. I have read almost all 9 volumes, and there are always many, MANY grammatical errors and weird literal translations in the text. The translation itself is solid, but it is just really awkward to read. I do really appreciate the work you guys put into this, and I&#039;m not trying to demean or anything, but i think i could contribute greatly to the editing of this novel. I am very proficient in english, and I could probably edit a chapter in 2-3 days, or faster depending on the length of the chapter. If you&#039;ll accept me, you could send me an unedited text from something to test my skills if required. I would be happy to lend a hand to such a great project. [[User:Jasou|Jasou]] 01:20, 20 June 2012 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some translations are literal for a reason. Excessive &#039;&#039;&#039;Englishification&#039;&#039;&#039; ruins the original meaning and funniness. Just be careful. And please sign you posts with &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;~~~~&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;. [[User:Zero2001|Zero2001]] - [[User_talk:Zero2001|Talk]] -  17:33, 19 June 2012 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I&#039;ve reviewed your edit on Volume 9 Interlude I. I think it&#039;s okay, but since I don&#039;t have the original japanese LN, I can&#039;t say for sure. [[User:Zero2001|Zero2001]] - [[User_talk:Zero2001|Talk]] -  17:37, 19 June 2012 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==This is REALLY GOOD!!!!==&lt;br /&gt;
I really like this. When I first started reading it sounded like just another virtual reality/MMORPG anime... thing, but now, it looks really cool!&lt;br /&gt;
Please Give us chapter four soon!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I agree with this fellows statement as well. It sounded dumb at first, but the character&#039;s feel far more realistic than I would have thought. I hope this gets alot of attention. Good luck Sharramon!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I like this a lot too. Sounded and is very interesting Very good novel. Please continue...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thank you all ^^ I&#039;ve done chap four now! But it&#039;s more of a run through of how the situation was like in Aincrad. The story starts properly from chapter five. I&#039;ll try to translate that as quick as possible too!&lt;br /&gt;
:I love you&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thanks for the update&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is good! I like the development in chapter 5. Will wait until next update! I look forward to the next chapter, from what I see in the illustration there will be some romance...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Dammit now I want chapter 6... Please give it to us soon!!! PLEASE!!!! And thank you once again for translating this!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This overwhelming pressure! XD I&#039;m workin&#039; on it! I&#039;ll try and get it up soon but the soonest SHOULD be Thursday but we&#039;ll see!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thank you very much for your effort! ^^ Awaiting next update eagerly... You update surprisingly fast^^. Please do not take this as a pressure but as encouragement^^&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is turning into a pretty good response column, and for a nifty reason; SAO is pretty kick ass. All our thanks go out to you, Sharramon, keep up the good work! ps BTW you have the fastest chapter updates I&#039;ve seen in awhile! and as the previous comment mentioned, that isn&#039;t some weird pressure build up, its a compliment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I agree this is really good, thanks for the translations&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:BTW you have the fastest chapter updates I&#039;ve seen in awhile!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
That&#039;s most probably because this light novel has the shortest chapters that you&#039;ve seen in a while! :D&lt;br /&gt;
And chap 6 done! Hell yeah!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thanks for chapter 6. This is a really good light novel. Can&#039;t wait for the next chapters. I would like to know though when you get volume 2 whether Kirito stays with Asuna after volume 1 or not. Because looking at the covers for volumes 2 and 3 it seems he teams up with other girls.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
He does stay with her. Book two&#039;s about the past and the third book is about saving her from a game or something by what I gather...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:Thanks for the info. I was agonizing over the thought that she might have died and he moved on to party with another player.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I shouldn&#039;t say so much! I&#039;m spoiling people!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Seeing the update section.... I&#039;ve realized that I&#039;ve done more than a chap every two days WITHOUT the prologue O.O.....&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
That&#039;s why you&#039;re Sharramon-sama :) thanks for the great releases xD&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
damn! this is like reading Naruto. No, not the storyline, but on the updates... (yours is of course, much faster than the weekly updates) but nonetheless, the suspense, the waiting... it feels the same. Anyway, thank you for the fast updates! SPOILERS!!!!! nuooohh!!!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
oh shit now I&#039;m going to this page regularly just to see if there is any updates..&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
don&#039;t understand third volume images ç.ç aren&#039;t they supposed to have their true form? so why there are non.humans? waiting fro spoileeeers XD&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:You will understand once the translation gets that far. It&#039;s not fun being spoiled. Because you just keep wanting to know more.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You are awesome and so is this book! I know this is a minor point, but semicolons are meant to separate two closely related things that could be sentences by themselves, like the first line of the synopsis. For parts like &amp;quot;...floating castle, &#039;Aincrad&#039;; he distinguished...&amp;quot;, it should really be commas on both sides of Aincrad.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wooo, I left this for a while and its already this much already XD YAY! Again and again, thank you so much, Sharramon-sama XD&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thanks for chapter 14! Too bad there isn&#039;t a picture of Kirito in his KoB uniform =(&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
at first, I thought that SAO is just a .hack&amp;gt;&amp;lt;druaga&amp;gt;&amp;lt;yureka look-a-like... I was wrong.&lt;br /&gt;
seriously... I&#039;m jealous of Kirito ;_;&lt;br /&gt;
Sharramon-kakka, you have my deepest gratitude (for your speed-translating). keep up the good work! XD&lt;br /&gt;
-randompasserby&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
chapter 18 is already out!! CHEERS! XD&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== keep up the good work! ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
you know, you have the breaking record for the fastest update in baka-tsuki...&lt;br /&gt;
And we love you!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
^^ What this person said. We LOVE you Sharramon-sama :D.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sama O.O....&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Uh...We LOVE you Sharramon-dono*? :D&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We aren&#039;t samurai either.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Let&#039;s go with san!... or kun? Hell I&#039;ll take tan!XD&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nah, I prefer Sharramon-kakka myself. So let&#039;s use that!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You guys are bloating his persona, he&#039;ll be crowning himself emperor of britannia soon at this pace :p&lt;br /&gt;
:He IS the rightful ruler after all, so that would make sense.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nah, You guys... Just say it like this &amp;quot;Sharramon-nyoro!!!!&amp;quot; RIGHT?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
How about Shar-tan? He is Paya-tan&#039;s master!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All hail Britannia! (really couldn&#039;t resist saying that). I wonder what I&#039;d like more... geass or a deathnote?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Easy. You like SAO the most!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hey, wait... I&#039;m a supervisor???&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Started reading the first volume a couple days ago, finished it in one setting. I can&#039;t tell you guys how supremely awesome you are for bringing this book into english. Great Job and many thanks!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Volume Names==&lt;br /&gt;
Both the first and second volumes are called &amp;quot;Aincrad&amp;quot;? Weird...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:That&#039;s how they are named. Take a look at the third colour page for volume 01 and 02. &lt;br /&gt;
{| style=&amp;quot;background:black; color:black&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|They are named after the setting they take place in or so it seems. &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
I know that, I was just commenting on how it was odd.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It all makes sense after reading the descriptions of thos images from volume 3 above.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== So because I couldn&#039;t wait... ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I thought hey why not use ATLAS to translate the raw to at least get a hint of what&#039;s going to happen.&lt;br /&gt;
This did not go well, I mean although the program boasts its amazing accuracy in translating, when I translated the whole novel it didn&#039;t even make sense at all. In fact, a Google online translation did better than the $1,400 program.&lt;br /&gt;
So in conclusion, I decided to patiently wait . . . okay never mind! Please!!!! I can&#039;t wait! where&#039;s the next chapter...&lt;br /&gt;
Thank you for translations, I really appreciate it. I LOVE Sword Art Online!-Jun&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I actually did the same thing, but I could understand like one sentence out of 15, and it also helps if you know what ATLAS translates the names as. I also found a timeline of SAO&#039;s events, and used Rikaichan to skim through it (I probably look for spoilers a little too much on series I really like, and I wasn&#039;t disappointed). Anyway though, I&#039;ve been meaning to ask this: sharramon, are you using official Korean translations or fan translations?&lt;br /&gt;
-Enigma&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Official. I&#039;m translating with the book in my hands.... I&#039;ll have to buy another one. This one&#039;s gotten really dirty XP&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I did as well. Oddly, I can figure out quite much of chapter 5 with it. It hurt my eyes and mind though. It feels like deciphering a code @-@. I decide to quit because the deciphering work reduce the enjoyment in reading it and when I read sharramon-sama&#039;s translation to find out he bits I&#039;m missing, it just won&#039;t as fun since I got to know part of the stroy already.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
@Enigma wait there is Korean translations of Sword Art Online? If there is, where could I get my hands on it? -Jun&lt;br /&gt;
Edit: Oh wait, never mind. I ordered the Korean version through AladdinUS. Can&#039;t wait to read it ^_^ -Jun&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Historic moment ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
SAO is most probably the first book in a while that got first place in daily views within a single month of it being put up in this forum! Thank you all!!! (is burning with a NEED to translate faster XD)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Discussion Forum? ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sup. Kenena here~&lt;br /&gt;
Anyway, is there a forum for SAO (I guess its also ALO too, but whatever)? I dont wanna making a new comment here every time I want to ask something. Link or something would be great.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-Kenena&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the [http://www.baka-tsuki.org/forums/ Baka-Tsuki Forum] in the [http://www.baka-tsuki.org/forums/viewforum.php?f=44 Auxiliary Brigades section] can be created additional threads if they are need for discussions about SAO, but there is also already a [http://www.baka-tsuki.org/forums/viewtopic.php?f=44&amp;amp;t=3128 thread for SAO] --[[User:Darklor|Darklor]] 09:38, 8 February 2010 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Volume 3 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Just wondering but could it be that Kirito and Asuna get out of SAO in the 1st volume but Asuna gets kidnapped and put into[Alvheim Online]? And then Kirito goes into the game to save her? Cause this pic looks like Kirito looking at Asuna with the nerve gear:http://www.baka-tsuki.org/project/images/4/43/Sword_Art_Online_Vol_03_-_043.jpg&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
http://www.baka-tsuki.org/project/index.php?title=Image:Sword_Art_Online_Vol_03_-_000a.jpg&lt;br /&gt;
http://www.baka-tsuki.org/project/index.php?title=Image:Sword_Art_Online_Vol_03_-_003.jpg&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I think these two should answer your question.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Well usually to know this kind of things you wait for the volume to be translated don&#039;t you u_u.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 3/4===&lt;br /&gt;
If the book version has only three chapters, then our translation should have also only three chapters, since the web version is gone and the book version is working as the translation reference... --[[User:Darklor|Darklor]] 14:38, 11 April 2011 (UCT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ive been studying japanese for quite a while now, and can happily sayim slowly progressing,and as such decided to buy the published version that&#039;s still in japanese, two questions now: one, is it in kanji/furigana? and two if not what level of reading should I know to be able to read it effectively&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== What are we going to do with 16.5 in the full text version? ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eventually Volume 1 will be finished, and we will do what we always do with a finished volume: make a full text!! But we have this chapter 16.5 complicating the situation. Does it go in? Stay out? Make two versions (what I think is would be best)? Something else? Let&#039;s decide what&#039;s going to happen before the volumes done.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I say make a full text with reference to 16.5 but not actual text...or throw in a link to 16.5 with a dire &amp;quot;read at own disgretion&amp;quot; message.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-Ence&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I think we should make 2 versions of it, SFW and NSFW... XD - RandomPasserBy&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:Don&#039;t add it to the full text. I wouldn&#039;t even add it to the volume 1 overview nor to the &amp;quot;forward to..&amp;quot; box, to be honest. 16.5 may be canon, but it is not part of the book. As far as I know, he had this chapter only posted on his back-site without any reference on the front page. [[User:EusthEnoptEron|EusthEnoptEron]] 08:16, 26 February 2010 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
oh yeah, now that you mention it... the book can&#039;t possibly have this chapter...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Considering all the killing, explicit violence that the book has, its already at least 16+ or young adults.. can&#039;t rate something M just because of some cybersex.. -Irec&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wouldn&#039;t it be better to, at least, put a link in the full text to let those who want to read it in the good context be able to read it ?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I think a link with a warning would work.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chapter 16 still links to 16.5... is this intentional or a a side-effect of the nav template? -[[User:Milki|milki]] 03:53, 18 February 2012 (CST)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I did not realise there was a chapter 16.5 at all before I came over this... And now that I&#039;ve seen it, I agree that it shouldn&#039;t be put in the full text. What I&#039;m wondering about, though, is if Reki Kawahara really wrote this himself, where it was published and how on earth it came to this site. Oh, and this chapter might be a little hard to notice if you go directly to the full text to read volume 1.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Similar to Prince Revolution? ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I&#039;ve read two chapters of SAO and up to chapter 4 of PR&#039;s Vol3 and so far the settings are really similar, although they&#039;re different in terms of characters and amount of comedy and other things.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It may be very similar, but you can&#039;t say that this setting is very unique in terms of anime and manga, I mean, look at .Hack. I think that this is the similarity is only a result of the similar settings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
_______________________________________&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prince Revolution is the name of the site/group that translates the novel &amp;quot;1/2 Prince&amp;quot; by Yu Wo. Not the novel itself. There may be some similiarities to 1/2 Prince, the .Hack//-series or Yureka, but that is because all of them are about virtual reality MMOs. If you look at them from another point of view, you might see the differences in the plot. SAO is about being trapped in the game, with virtual death killing your real body and the struggle to escape this. This is not the case in 1/2 Prince, where the big problem lies in&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-*************SPOILER ALERT START************ (Is it possible to put the following lines in a spoiler-tab? I have no idea how to do it)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
NPCs getting self-concious and revolting against human players in the game world. Yureka also have a few &amp;quot;virtual death = real death&amp;quot; parts, but the main story is about the main character finding the hacking program called Yureka who is somewhere in the game world. I haven&#039;t read .Hack//, so sadly, I can&#039;t say anything about that.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-*************SPOILER ALERT END*************&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So, think of this before you imply that a novel is a copy of another one. Sure, it may have been an inspiration to SAO (Actually, that depends on which of them were written first), but unless the plot is the exact same thing, they are looked at as two different novels. An example of this is Lion King. It is inspired by Hamlet, but would you sue Disney for trying to copy Shakespeare?&lt;br /&gt;
____________________________________&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Rudolph the Red-nosed Reindeer (Aincrad 46th Floor, December 2023)==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
here, don&#039;t you mean 2024??? all the other dates were 2024&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Rudolph the Red-nosed Reindeer occurs before the first 3 short stories.&lt;br /&gt;
It&#039;s also the most touching if you ask me T_T&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Mikazuki|Mikazuki]] 11:52, 22 March 2010 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Am I going bonkers or somehow I can&#039;t seem to find chapter 4 for volume 3...flipped through my book. hrmph...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Datenshi|Datenshi]] 3:29, 12 April 2010 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I expect tears, given who this chapter involves... T-T&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Korean RAWs? ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Anyone kind enough to send me Korean RAW scans of volume 2?&lt;br /&gt;
I can&#039;t find the Korean official translated book anywhere(except on Korean sites, which I can&#039;t order from)&lt;br /&gt;
Since I&#039;m fluent in Korean, I could help a bit if anyone is doing the translations from the Korean RAWs.&lt;br /&gt;
--[[Special:Contributions/68.100.64.165|68.100.64.165]] 01:52, 29 October 2010 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Is there going to be a SAO-manga or did I just see something else? ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hey, &lt;br /&gt;
I just saw some kind of SAO-manga and wasn&#039;t quite sure what it actually was - a oneshot? some fan-made stuff? or is there really going to be a SAO-manga?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It&#039;s about 33pages long and just looked like the beginning of the first volume, though it was a little different.&lt;br /&gt;
And as I neither have seen anything about a SAO-manga existing up till now nor am able to read japanese, I just thought I&#039;d ask here. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here&#039;s the link: http://comic.xxbh.net/colist_171754.html&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
newer translated link http://www.mangafox.com/manga/sword_art_online&lt;br /&gt;
---------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
Isn&#039;t that the illustration from Volume 1 page 2-3? Try google translate--[[Special:Contributions/68.100.64.165|68.100.64.165]] 06:05, 29 November 2010 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
---------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
As I already pointed out it&#039;s 33pages long. I should have made that clear, sorry -&amp;gt; http://comic.xxbh.net/201010/171755.html (link to the chapter)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yup, there is a SAO manga. I read a few chapter in chinese quite some time ago. &lt;br /&gt;
- [[User:Destinyz|Destinyz]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ah, ok thanks.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Well, for those who intend to read it, a small advice : don&#039;t u_u. The novel story is way better, even though I thought it would be great in anime or manga x). - Allucyfer&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== LAUGHING COFFIN ARC ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ok, I have been debating with myself (I&#039;m going nuts) whether to add the LAUGHING COFFIN ARC in the table of contents- It seems that this arc, happened during Aincrad, a side story that should be included in the Volume 2. But because it&#039;s long (4 chapters) the publishers dropped it, but the events in this is mentioned in vol.1, tho, in a few words only. It&#039;d be nice if we can read the entire story about this right? Kirito, Asuna and other Clearers vs the Laughing Coffin Guild, the biggest PKers in Aincrad. - Saorian&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I&#039;d love to read the laughing coffin arc. From what I&#039;ve heard, it might be important to some of the other books. But, would you add it as if it were another book - like instead of Sword Art Online: Volume ## --&amp;gt; Sword Art Online:Laughing Coffin Arc?--[[User:Darn2k|Darn2k]] 14:36, 15 April 2011 (UCT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
How about like this: Volume SS - LAUGHING COFFIN ARC , and stick it between Volume 2 and 3? - Saorian&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I added it - since Side Stories 1,2,3,6 were made into vol2 Aincrad, Side Stories 4 included in Phantom Bullet vol 5 and Side Story 6 got it&#039;s own very own book, vol 7 - It&#039;s safe to say that SAO SS 5 - Laughing Coffing Guild arc, won&#039;t get published as it&#039;s Timeline was passed on already (between vol 2 and 3) The other SS respected the proper timeline...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
Btw. if more timeline issues pop up you could create a timeline page, where the story is listed sorted in chronological order... --[[User:Darklor|Darklor]] 21:57, 16 May 2011 (UCT)&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So is this chapter even published? Because from what I read here it seems it&#039;s out but nobody wants to add it cause we already went past it in chronological order.&lt;br /&gt;
I fail to see how that&#039;s a reason though as the special with Kirito meeting Asuna was inserted after we went past those event.&lt;br /&gt;
Can someone clarify?&lt;br /&gt;
Thanks.--[[User:Mufarasu|Mufarasu]] 22:06, 11 March 2012 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It&#039;s in volume 8 first side story, with the name &#039;A Murder Case In the Area&#039; --[[User:BeginnerXP|BeginnerXP]] 20:53, 12 March 2012 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Okay, thanks.--[[User:Mufarasu|Mufarasu]] 19:06, 14 March 2012 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Simply Amazing ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is simply amazing. Honestly I&#039;m not much of a crybaby I watch and read sad animes and mangas all the time and just take them in as a story. So far I&#039;ve only cried twice during watching all the animes and mangas I&#039;ve seen in the past 5,6 years of my life, to Bitter Virgin (Manga) and to Kanon 2006 (anime... which truthfully I watch all eps in a single sitting crying from ep 7 onwards practically non stop.). So far this Story has made me cry numerous times. It is so well written and the characters are so real its strange.Only problem I have with it is that I don&#039;t like how volume 2 works. I only really like the AsunaxKirito/Kazuka storyline not all that extra stuff that doesn&#039;t continue on with the story. Sadly the way I see it after reading Volume 1 I can&#039;t see any room for a prequel. The story starts with entering SOA. And nothing that happens up until he kills the Ragout Rabbit matters. I spose how Asuna and Kirito initially met matters slightly but honestly, I find it much better knowning that they knew each other as acquaintances and thats all. Even the part about him having Asuna nap next to him really doesn&#039;t add all that much.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Volume 3 while not as touching seems to bring up a lot of my memories of the first volume as well as adding in some slight new things... it doesn&#039;t really seem it (so far only on chapter 3) but it does so in a subtler way then Vol 1&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 - Karnowo.B@gmail.com / Karno&lt;br /&gt;
 [Edit: Adding to what I have to say.]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Well, read volume 2 as it comes out and stuff. It is full of Kirito&#039;s awesomeness. Also, one of the things I love most about this novel is how &amp;quot;The Black Swordsman&amp;quot; is codeword for &amp;quot;Oh Shi-!&amp;quot; [[User:Ax&amp;amp;#39;el|Ax&amp;amp;#39;el]] 21:09, 16 May 2011 (UCT)&lt;br /&gt;
======Request======&lt;br /&gt;
Greetings.(Sorry for creating yet another heading.)May I ask about using the image links in SAO English in SAO Indonesian when I start translating them?Thanks before.--[[User:User753|User753]]-[[User talk:User753|Talk]]- 11:57, 2 June 2012 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
== The Tentative time line ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I think you should remove the tentative time line from the page or put it under spoilers, because it spoils for people who didn&#039;t read it, how the first volume ends.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Suspense: Volume 4 Chapter 9 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ahhh dear editors, don&#039;t build up sooo much suspense! I and I think many others are like dying to read the final chapter (though I think the highlight were chapter 7 and 8). But really thanks a lot for all of your work! I really appreciate it!&lt;br /&gt;
== confused ==&lt;br /&gt;
s00000 uhhhhh chapter 8 was actually the last chapter and chapter 9 was a joke? im confuse.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
No it is not, there is a chapter 9, and it will be out soon. If rnn doesn&#039;t post it by noon, I will.--[[User:Darn2k|Darn2k]] 08:48, 24 May 2011 (UCT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
great, something to look forward for tonight XD - RandomPasserBy 08:51, 24 May 2011 (UCT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ohhhh thx I was confused before but now im excited! cant wait!!!! --[[User:Zer0light|Zer0light]] 08:57, 24 May 2011 (UCT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Confused, but for a different reason ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First off, thanks so much for the excellent translating job everyone&#039;s doing! But, I&#039;m a little confused as to why v7 is being translated before v5&amp;amp;6. Is v7 a type of stand-alone volume/how does it relate in time to the arch&#039;s of v5&amp;amp;6? Ok, now I think I&#039;m rambling, but I hope you get what I&#039;m asking. Thanks again and keep up the good work!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
They are being translated by different groups/people.--[[User:Darn2k|Darn2k]] 19:03, 26 May 2011 (UCT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ah! Thanks for the answer. Don&#039;t know why that thought didn&#039;t occur to me.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Sword Art Online Extra Story #7 : The Cradle of the Moon ==&lt;br /&gt;
===Entry 0 [September 12th, 2009 (Saturday)]=== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====■To everyone reading [Sword Art Online] via the Dengeki Bunko publication:■====&lt;br /&gt;
This [Sword Art Online Side Story 7] is written in relation to the web version of the SAO series, the 4th Arc: Alicization, but is designed to be read as an independent fantasy novel with names that happen to match. However, there may be some information about the Dengeki Bunko release accidentally obtained by reading this, so I would like readers to take these points in consideration when reading. &lt;br /&gt;
====■Glossary■====&lt;br /&gt;
*Underworld: Another (VR) World&lt;br /&gt;
*Human World: Located in the Western section of Underworld, a country surrounded by the《Mountains at World&#039;s End》. Only Human World citizen live here. Capital is 《Centoria》.&lt;br /&gt;
*Demon World (Lit=&amp;quot;Pitch-Black World&amp;quot;): Area surrounding the Human World. The five races of Demon World citizens, orcs, goblins, ogres, and giants live here. The capital is 《Obsidia》. &lt;br /&gt;
*Boundary Wall (Lit:Wall at the End): An infinitely high vertical cliff that surrounds all of Underworld. No race can reach the top of the wall. &lt;br /&gt;
*Holy Church: Used to be the governing body that took control of all of Underworld. Later dissovled, it is now re-established as the 《United Congregation of the Human World》. &lt;br /&gt;
*Central Cathedral: A tower that was the former Holy Church&#039;s headquarters, consisting of 100 floors. Currently the United Congregation of the Human World&#039;s base. &lt;br /&gt;
*Knights of Virtue (Lit=Alignmen Knights):The strongest knights of the Holy Church.&lt;br /&gt;
*Sacred Arts (Dark Arts): The magic used by knights and sorcerers. Uses the eight attributes of Flame, Ice, Wind, Earth, Steel, Crystal, Light and Darkness as it&#039;s base. &lt;br /&gt;
*Heaven&#039;s Blessing: A kind of durability assigned to all things in Underworld. Beings that reach a value of zero will die, inanimate beings will deteriorate.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
====■Characters■==== &lt;br /&gt;
*Ronier Arabel:A girl in an apprenticeship to become a Knight of Virtue. Her knight is 《Tsukika》. &lt;br /&gt;
*Tiez Stolinen:A girl in an apprenticeship to become a Knight of Virtue. Her knight is 《Shimosaki》 &lt;br /&gt;
*Kirito: Swordsman. Representatve of the United Congregation of the Human World.&lt;br /&gt;
*Asuna: Swordswoman. Kirito&#039;s partner. &lt;br /&gt;
*Fatiano Synthesis Two: Leader of the Knights of Virtue. &lt;br /&gt;
*Sheta Synthesis Twelve: Knight of Virtue. Ambassador of the human world. &lt;br /&gt;
*Lenri Synthesis Fourty-Nine: Knight of Virtue. &lt;br /&gt;
*Mudai Syldrei: Blacksmith. Senior advisor of the cathedral&#039;s arsenal. &lt;br /&gt;
*Ishkhan: Gladiator. Representative of the Dark World&#039;s Five Tribe Congress.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Is someone translating this? --[[User:Darklor|Darklor]] 15:43, 14 June 2011 (UCT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Appreciate the work ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hey, I recently started reading sword art online, and I sincerely appreciate the work that&#039;s been done thus far. I&#039;d love to contribute, but an upcoming major exam&#039;s hogging my time. Sword Art&#039;s been great read, and it really helps in stress relief. Once again, thanks all.&lt;br /&gt;
this page has now gotten over 1,000,000 views!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Great story, great translation! ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I just finished volume 4 and I wanted to stop by and say how awesome you guys are for translating this.&lt;br /&gt;
This series is a great piece of science fiction and I&#039;m glad you guys are bringing it to another audience.&lt;br /&gt;
I&#039;ve heard how troublesome and time consuming translating can be, especially Japanese, but you&#039;re all doing an awesome job!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Keep up the good work! :)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== I think this is an issue ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chapter four of Mother&#039;s Rosario has the link that leads to chapter five, but chapter five isn&#039;t shown as being done or having any link on the main project page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Probably means that the translator doesn&#039;t want his incomplete work to be shown to the masses yet I guess.--[[User:WingsofSnow|WingsofSnow]] 09:44, 16 September 2011 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== http://myanimelist.net/forum/?topicid=333893 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
WHOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOO~ 21:55, 1 October 2011 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
haha yeah an anime adaptation (w/ Accel world)&lt;br /&gt;
Hope it will be good like .hack&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I heard a game is coming underway too, is that true?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
How many episodes do you suppose there will be in the anime? Hope they&#039;re more than 12. Also is there only one season planned or will that depend on the ratings? GAME?!?!? mmo based on ALO or visual novel?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Replacement of nav table with nav template ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I would hence like to propose that we replace the current (and if I may say, extremely limited capability carrying) nav table system:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ie:&lt;br /&gt;
{| border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot; cellpadding=&amp;quot;5&amp;quot; cellspacing=&amp;quot;0&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;margin: 1em 1em 1em 0; background: #f9f9f9; border: 1px #aaaaaa solid; padding: 0.2em; border-collapse: collapse;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Back to [[Sword Art Online:Volume 2 Chapter 3|Chapter 3]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Return to [[Sword Art Online|Main Page]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Forward to [[Sword Art Online:Volume 2 Chapter 4 Part 2|Part 2]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
with the new [[Template:SAO Nav|SAO Nav Template]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ie: {{SAO Nav|prev=Sword Art Online:Volume 2 Chapter 3|next=Sword Art Online:Volume 2 Chapter 4 Part 2}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
which is becoming popular and has more capabilities/advantages.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Advantages of the new system:&lt;br /&gt;
#We can decrease the overall page storage size. (No need to write long code, just the call code will be enough, take a look of this section in edit mode to get the picture.)&lt;br /&gt;
#Have a call code that is easier to:&lt;br /&gt;
##memorize&lt;br /&gt;
##recall&lt;br /&gt;
##and write. (Again, see in edit mode if you still don&#039;t understand)&lt;br /&gt;
#Have page jumping ability to any page in the series regardless of where we currently are, thus speeding up page navigation in case of checking previous or future facts for comparison.&lt;br /&gt;
#Can make changes to template page itself and have the navs on the pages immediately mirror the changes. (Reduction of data redundancy and error, ie: you wont have to go through all the pages and change every single one just editing the template page will be enough).&lt;br /&gt;
#Template&#039;s next and prev links are generic so they can be used for both volume and chapter pages without problems, ie: uniform system.&lt;br /&gt;
#Collapsibility ensures that size is compact and acceptable, for jumping one just needs to expand it by clicking the [show] link.&lt;br /&gt;
#Page center aligned. (Not really important, it looks better than right aligning it, still... minor point)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This template was previously fully implemented but then removed due to some issues. All those in favor or against please respond. If you wish any improvements to the template then please suggest them on the [[Template Talk:SAO Nav]] page. I will address them as best as I can. [[User:Zero2001|Zero2001]] - [[User_talk:Zero2001|Talk]] - 14:25, 11 December 2011 (CST)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hey hey. If there is no one against it then it is fine to implement it, right? I mean the advantages listed above show that it is more beneficial to implement. And no one having any points against it kinda also suggests the same. [[User:Zero2001|Zero2001]] - [[User_talk:Zero2001|Talk]] - 07:34, 28 December 2011 (CST)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I&#039;m against it and I already implemented a nav bar with most of the advantages you mentioned. I put it in volume 1 and will do the other volume soon.&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Vaelis|Vaelis]] 08:47, 28 December 2011 (CST)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hmm so you are using this:&lt;br /&gt;
{{Nav|Sword Art Online:Volume 1 Chapter 1|{{SAO List v1a}}|Sword Art Online}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Page jumping is still not implemented. That is the main functionality of my proposed template. And you say that you are against it? May I ask why? Please explain in detail. I say that there is a great advantage in implementing it because it will allow both users and translators to jump between pages.&lt;br /&gt;
*Translators will be able to navigate between their different chapters more easily and create new chapters with just a click. &#039;&#039;(Plus since the chapter page names will be decided beforehand there won&#039;t be a chance of page name inconsistency that often happens.)&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Furthermore, users will be able to navigate more easily as well &#039;&#039;(in the case of dead ends as well as to check a previous chapter for a related fact, or to skip a volume while re-reading, people do that you know)&#039;&#039;. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If I recall previously you mentioned that you didn&#039;t like how the template &#039;&#039;looks&#039;&#039; like, is that correct? I must tell you that Infinite Stratos, Itsuka Tenma, Toaru, BakaTest, Chrome Shelled Regios, Dantalian no Shoka have all implemented and started making use of similar templates. I&#039;m only trying to do what is best for this project. Please support me. I assure you that you won&#039;t regret it. [[User:Zero2001|Zero2001]] - [[User_talk:Zero2001|Talk]] - 17:26, 28 December 2011 (CST)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the opposite side the template Vaelis has implemented is rather interesting. Hmm it has properly addressed the problem of repetition, excessive space wastage, as well as the non-user-friendly coding. Particularly that is automatically generating the links. Very interesting. I&#039;ll examine it thoroughly. Maybe I can implement that in my templates somehow. [[User:Zero2001|Zero2001]] - [[User_talk:Zero2001|Talk]] - 17:28, 28 December 2011 (CST)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hey hey. We need more participants in this discussion. Please tell us which template you think has more functionalities. User feedback is essential. [[User:Zero2001|Zero2001]] - [[User_talk:Zero2001|Talk]] - 17:37, 28 December 2011 (CST)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I don&#039;t know about other people, but all I need is the link back to Main. The Back and Next is nice extra. For reading, I mainly use my other comp that is not logged on, so I can read cached stuff which is faster. If people don&#039;t already know, if you sign in with a name while reading, you get served fresh pages every time, anon people get faster cached pages. [[User:Xplorer30|Xplorer30]] - [[User_talk:Xplorer30|Talk]] 20:24, 28 December 2011 (CST)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- Personally, I don&#039;t really care as long as &amp;quot;forward&amp;quot; &amp;quot;main page&amp;quot; are included, since I simply tap backspace to get back, though I must say it&#039;d look ugly without the &amp;quot;back button&amp;quot;. Also, jumping through halyard from a volume to another volume is, I must say, unuseful in my case. However, I find the nav bar pretty good-looking, which is the reason why I wasn&#039;t fully opposed back then, even if I was sceptical about it. Personally, if the bar could simply keep the back/forward buttons, the main page buttons, it&#039;d be fine, though I would like the chapter names indicated on th next/previous button. Also, I feel more concerned about these huge references tag that take too much space in the text than the nav bar... [[User:Kira0802|Kira]] ([[User_talk:Kira0802|Talk]]) 21:09, 28 December 2011 (CST)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I agree with Kira. Note this isn&#039;t about SAO directly but rather about this type of navbar as a whole. If I really want to jump chapters/volumes, I really won&#039;t care about 2 clicks instead of 1 (Main -&amp;gt; the chapter I want). Actually, I don&#039;t even use the Main button much, just the Forward one. I can&#039;t recall ever using the Back button. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For me I&#039;m fine whether or not the chapter name is included, because when just reading I don&#039;t care what the name of the next chapter is, I can just click Forward to get to it, and when I&#039;m editing stuff I use the Main Page as a portal (it&#039;d be open in a tab by itself) and the chapter names are available there.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In fact, I&#039;ve even created a group of navs that have most of the advantages you state and maintains the simplicity of the Nav template, but is in my opinion better than the generic Nav template, in that it is specialized for each novel, so if it needs to be changed for some specific novel it can be done without affecting any of the other novels. They can be found [[:Category:Simple_Navbars|here]]. It would be nice if there is some kind of standard that could be decided, for the moment anyways. By the way, I&#039;m starting to think this doesn&#039;t fit in the SAO talk anymore and maybe should have a forum topic.. --[[User:Jonathanasdf|jonathanasdf]] 21:43, 28 December 2011 (CST)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hmm, interesting points, I&#039;ll try and explain my reasoning below:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*You guys might say that you don&#039;t care but you must admit that it is much easier to navigate if it is a one step method (chapter A -&amp;gt; chapter B) rather than a two step method (Chapter A -&amp;gt; Main Page -&amp;gt; Chapter B). While you may say you might not care, page jumping can help speed up navigation for those who reach dead ends or are translating multiple chapters at the same time. Plus the Next, Previous and Main Page Links are already present in the SAO Nav. Additionally I don&#039;t think forum is needed. This is about SAO strictly.&lt;br /&gt;
*About chapter names included in the next previous: my stance is that it makes the whole thing look bulky. And you can simply expand SAO Nav not only to see your own position (black text) but also the positions of all the chapters (translated and untranslated) this helps motivate people to translate more chapters in less time because of the clash between the visual red and blue links.&lt;br /&gt;
*Those who strictly want to use the next/previous/main buttons need not expand the template at all just use the Next, Prev and Main Page Name Links. It&#039;s a system that caters to both types. And just doesn&#039;t restrict itself to one type. Plus the SAO Nav is for the SAO Novels alone so making changes in it will only affect SAO and no other novels.&lt;br /&gt;
*I am not a fan of the words forward and back since they give off a vibe in terms of page navigation history rather than novel navigation (by page history navigation I mean those two back and forward buttons in the Navigation Toolbar of your Internet Browser).&lt;br /&gt;
*Simple Navs only cater to those who read through linearly and only once. Not everyone does. SAO Nav caters to both parties and it&#039;s already ready to roll, so why is it wrong? [[User:Zero2001|Zero2001]] - [[User_talk:Zero2001|Talk]] - 23:37, 28 December 2011 (CST)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 this helps motivate people to translate more chapters in less time because of the clash between the visual red and blue links.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
hahaha if only that was true :P&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It&#039;s not &amp;quot;wrong&amp;quot; imo, it just seems a bit ... overkill. I&#039;m neither for nor against, in that my stance is &amp;quot;I don&#039;t really care either way as long as there is some way to get to the next chapter&amp;quot;, but I would like it to be standardized. Also, even if this is SAO only I still think it belongs in the forums because it&#039;s hard to quote stuff in wiki. --[[User:Jonathanasdf|jonathanasdf]] 00:54, 29 December 2011 (CST)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It&#039;s actually true. It&#039;s a subconscious trick I learned from my experience with mediawiki. People can&#039;t stand redlinks. They desire to remove them or turn them blue. If they can&#039;t remove them then they can &#039;&#039;&#039;only&#039;&#039;&#039; turn them blue by making articles. This is one of the things I have learned. Please have faith in me. I believe this trick has actually helped speed up the translation rates on many of the projects where similar templates have been implemented. I don&#039;t know about you guys, but I am sick and tired of waiting. If only I could read kanji/hiragana/katagana, I could help translate. But since I can&#039;t I must use such methods. If I didn&#039;t I&#039;d just be a simple leacher (At least this way I can contribute indirectly). Furthermore, I assure you that my template will sate &#039;&#039;&#039;both&#039;&#039;&#039; those who want linear navigation &#039;&#039;&#039;and&#039;&#039;&#039; those who need to jump between chapters quickly. Isn&#039;t that better than just favoring one party? [[User:Zero2001|Zero2001]] - [[User_talk:Zero2001|Talk]] - 10:20, 29 December 2011 (CST)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I hereby declare. Implementing SAO Nav &#039;&#039;&#039;will&#039;&#039;&#039; improve not only the navigation but also the rate of translation. It is a time-tested surefire method. Please support me. [[User:Zero2001|Zero2001]] - [[User_talk:Zero2001|Talk]] - 10:34, 29 December 2011 (CST)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There&#039;s no need for that. Ping&#039;s doing a good job enough so we don&#039;t need to subconsiously press him. IMO, anavbar should just go forward and to the main page. No, wait, you just need to click &#039;SAO&#039; on the sidebar to get back to the main page. Also, Zero, I&#039;ll ask you this: When do you surf through a certain chapter of a volume to another chapter 2-3 volumes after? There&#039;s no need for that, and in my old computer, the bar colapses too slowly. Not that I do really mind, since it&#039;s at the bottom, but still, it loads unnecessary content. [[User:Kira0802|Kira]] ([[User_talk:Kira0802|Talk]]) 11:15, 29 December 2011 (CST)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I prefer the old one for its simplicity. Just go for previous/next chapter, and navigate 2 other chapters frm main page. short n simple. --[[User:Chancs|Chancs]] 11:29, 29 December 2011 (CST)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Time-tested surefire method? Where&#039;s the evidence? As for why I personally don&#039;t think the chapter jumping is useful, it is because I actually rely on chapter titles to look for where I want to jump to, and this navbar doesn&#039;t have (and can&#039;t really have) chapter titles. So, to me there is no advantage of this navbar over the old one, so I am not supporting it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the same time, to me there is no disadvantage that this navbar brings since my internet and computer are fast enough to load both at around the same speed, so I am not against it either... --[[User:Jonathanasdf|jonathanasdf]] 13:13, 29 December 2011 (CST)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I completely agree with &#039;chapters title&#039; issue --[[User:Chancs|Chancs]] 13:27, 29 December 2011 (CST)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Simple design is fine, but the aforementioned lack of chapter title is a huge turn-off for me as well --[[User:TheQwertiest|TheQwertiest]] 14:15, 29 December 2011 (CST)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is time tested. Shortly after it&#039;s implementation Infinite Stratos picked up it&#039;s pace of translation as did Itsuka Tenma and Baka Test, I will concede that for some reason it didn&#039;t work on Hidan no Aria, but it still has a high success rate. Toaru and Chrome Shelled don&#039;t count because they are near completion. About the chapters title issue. I can easily implement further variable tags that can take chapter names from writers and thus display them like the nav table of old. Even though I won&#039;t like that but if you guys say that you prefer it that way I can do it. Or I can Implement a system like the one in the [[Template:Nav]]. To have both links and have chapter names be generated automatically. [[User:Zero2001|Zero2001]] - [[User_talk:Zero2001|Talk]] - 16:20, 29 December 2011 (CST)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I surf/go back to check up on a previous fact. For example in chapter 9 of volume 4 the people from Volume 2 make an appearance. I can go back to refresh my memory of them. And sorry I don&#039;t just read a story once. I find that I understand new things each time I read them (like foreshadowings, predictions, etc). Each time I read through I find new and more interesting tidbits. And I am not alone in this. Each and every person goes through stories more than once, either due to the aforementioned reasons or just because they want to read through it again. And it is not definite that they will read through all the volumes linearly. Some might want to skip certain volumes. And I for one find going back to the main page tiresome. It&#039;s unnecessary. [[User:Zero2001|Zero2001]] - [[User_talk:Zero2001|Talk]] - 16:33, 29 December 2011 (CST)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Though &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Infinte Stratos was pretty much because Ping joined in. The content is rather easy. So is Baka-Test. I don&#039;t know about Itsuten though. However, the implentation of nav bar coincided with the summer vacations, if I remember well, so it&#039;s another factor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. OK, fine, some do use the &#039;skip a few chapters&#039; function. However, from what I see from the comments, no one else needs it really.&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Kira0802|Kira]] ([[User_talk:Kira0802|Talk]]) 16:59, 29 December 2011 (CST)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yeah, I&#039;m not sure that counts as proof, since the cause-effect could really go either way. Rather, I have a feeling it is because the translation speed picked up that there was more attention which led to the navbar being implemented. After all, I only see this navbar in the most popular novels...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And I was talking about the chapter names in the expanded navbar. I don&#039;t really care about chapter names in the next/prev because the only time I need chapter names is when I&#039;m looking back for stuff. I don&#039;t think this navbar can easily have chapter name support in the expanded mode because some of them are really long. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I&#039;ll try to stop writing anything more here since my stance is neutral anyways... --[[User:Jonathanasdf|jonathanasdf]] 17:45, 29 December 2011 (CST)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;About being not needed:&#039;&#039; Dude, that&#039;s how all new things start out. People think they don&#039;t need them but give a while of use and it becomes indispensable. A few centuries ago people didn&#039;t need electricity or natural gas as much as they do now. But now, they start rioting if it&#039;s cut off for too long.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;About Translation Speed:&#039;&#039; Ping was present before the template was added as well but only two volumes were translated. However after the Infinite Stratos Nav was implemented I believe a fire was sparked in Ping. I believe the redlinks were the motivation or rather the inspiration he needed. Of course I don&#039;t think this method affects everyone. But I&#039;m sure it does affect some. and their example will move others, kind of like those cartoons where a little rock knocks down a bigger one which in turn knocks over an even bigger one, thus triggering an avalanche. We need to motivate people, even if the most mundane or subliminal methods are present I believe we should grasp and use them. [[User:Zero2001|Zero2001]] - [[User_talk:Zero2001|Talk]] - 17:49, 29 December 2011 (CST)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Even if it is circumstantial evidence at best I have faith in this method. About chapter names: True it would be difficult to implement full chapter names. But it is possible in some cases. However we are not talking abpout nav templates as a whole. Only for SAO. Please bear that in mind. And SAO does not have many named chapters. So that isn&#039;t an issue here. [[User:Zero2001|Zero2001]] - [[User_talk:Zero2001|Talk]] - 17:55, 29 December 2011 (CST)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
...Zero, why would Ping scroll the nav bar anyways to see the red links? In my case, I post the translation, then I say &#039;Goodbye&#039; and leave. Also, he posts his translation progression in the forums, in a portfolio. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the chapter names, I&#039;d like to say that I want to know where I&#039;m heading when I press &#039;forward&#039;. Especially when there&#039;s 24 chapters in a volume that you don&#039;t care to remember which chapter you are on. [[User:Kira0802|Kira]] ([[User_talk:Kira0802|Talk]]) 21:38, 29 December 2011 (CST)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Seeing red once would be enough, it stays in your head. Plus it is a fact that the pace picked up after implementation. And like I said I can add the next/prev page name display functionality if you guys really want it. But that&#039;s something to be requested on the [[Template Talk:SAO Nav]] page. It&#039;s actually quite simple to implement that. [[User:Zero2001|Zero2001]] - [[User_talk:Zero2001|Talk]] - 00:45, 30 December 2011 (CST)&lt;br /&gt;
------------&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
OK, here are the facts, ingnoring the IS argument since it was mostly because Ping started translating like a madafter he finished Index. They obviously show the opposite of what you are saying. Here&#039;s my statement: &#039;&#039;&#039;The translation pace does not get faster if there is a nav bar of added, with all the red links and else. It might even slow the pace.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Itsuten: Volume 1 got completed 7 days earlier than Volume 3. Volume 1 was done before the nav bar was added, and volume 3, after. Can&#039;t say if it worked or not, but it&#039;s more penching towards the &#039;no&#039; side.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Hidan no Aria: The comparison before/after is obvious. It didn&#039;t work.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Dantalian: What is the number of chapters completed since the nav bar was added? 0. It probably didn&#039;t work.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Chrome Shelled Regios: 41k done in around four months. Around 178k before for the same length of time. Didn&#039;t work.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Toaru Majutsu no Index, NT and SS: I can&#039;t find the updates page, but it probably changed nothing. However, Ping retired shortly after, so the place probably got slower. Following that reasoning, I say that it has less translation after. Though let&#039;s put this in the gray zone if you really want to insist.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Baka To test: Volume7 has been done in 78 days. Volume 3.5 in 76. Hwever, since the nav bar was added during the translation of 7, soI can&#039;t use that. As for Volume 7.5, I didn&#039;t calculate it as different chapters were done in different orders, and that I use the beginning of the first chapter and the creation of the full text as references.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Sword Art Online: During the time the bar was used, there were no completed chapters. Did not work.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So, you argument does not stand, Zero. [[User:Kira0802|Kira]] ([[User_talk:Kira0802|Talk]]) 15:45, 30 December 2011 (CST)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:Finally, someone who does his homework. I see, but I still hold that it does motivate others at a subconscious level (so much so that people don&#039;t realize it, normal rate is that it takes half a year to translate a single volume). It does not change the fact that SAO Nav will make navigation easier. Does it? Easier navigation leads to more popularity in websites which in turn will lead to faster development here. &#039;&#039;&#039;[http://www.mardiros.net/good-navigation.html That is a fact]&#039;&#039;&#039; (See &#039;&#039;Less clicks the better&#039;&#039;). Jeez it&#039;s even drilled into every Computer Science student while discussing website development. Just look at the sidebar on the left. Why do you think they listed and linked the project names there when they could have made a separate page with the list? Answer: for faster navigation. Just because you won&#039;t use it, it&#039;s not right to ignore those who do. If you think there are people who would use it, shouldn&#039;t you accommodate them? Or will you ignore them just because they don&#039;t think like you. That&#039;s why I integrated next prev in all the nav templates, so that &#039;&#039;both sides would be happy&#039;&#039;. [[User:Zero2001|Zero2001]] - [[User_talk:Zero2001|Talk]] - 16:32, 30 December 2011 (CST)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:You also mentioned (many posts ago) that the SAO Nav would collapse slowly. That&#039;s a personal problem. Since coding is used for the collapsing function, it stands that it&#039;s the fault of your computer alone. Nowadays everyone has at least a Core 2 Duo level processor. Those who don&#039;t are way behind the times. If you also have a Core 2 Duo or higher level processor then you must have CPU % intensive processes running on your computer in the background (try terminating them if there are, just be sure to check if they aren&#039;t a critical process on the net). But even if you don&#039;t and there is some other reason for the slowness that is no concrete reason to shelve faster navigation. The bar is at the bottom. By the time you would reach the bottom of the page (while reading) it would already have been collapsed. Like I said before it might not seem necessary now but give it a few weeks and it&#039;ll become indispensable. That&#039;s how it always goes with every new thing. [[User:Zero2001|Zero2001]] - [[User_talk:Zero2001|Talk]] - 16:32, 30 December 2011 (CST)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:Toaru and Chrome Shelled Regios were already near completion before the navbar was implemented. The navbar does not seem to work for nearly completed projects for some reason. I acknowledge that weak point. I also acknowledged that the navbar doesn&#039;t affect everyone but those it does effect would in turn affect others. As for SAO I don&#039;t think enough time was given before it was taken down. Thus that cannot be included. Hidan no Aria: well I won&#039;t say anything on those guys. They&#039;d probably take offense. But at least they didn&#039;t reject the template so they must have either found it useful or didn&#039;t care. Come to think about it if you don&#039;t care either way then there isn&#039;t any problem is there? [[User:Zero2001|Zero2001]] - [[User_talk:Zero2001|Talk]] - 16:32, 30 December 2011 (CST)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I was wondering why Zero2001 is arguing so hard, now I know. From the look of Teh Ping&#039;s SAO talk page, you are a big fan, haha. [[User:Xplorer30|Xplorer30]] - [[User_talk:Xplorer30|Talk]] 20:05, 31 December 2011 (CST)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:Yes. Yes. Yes. I am a &amp;lt;big&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;BIG&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/big&amp;gt; fan. But I can&#039;t translate (although I can be an editor/proofreader, but I don&#039;t think it&#039;s enough). So I did what I could and made a nav template with advanced features. I wanted to help in any way I could. And what happened? A few days later all the changes I made were removed just because it looked slightly different from before. Look, with progress comes change. You can&#039;t help it. If you can&#039;t adapt then we&#039;ll just stay stuck in the same place forever. If you google it you&#039;ll find thousands of articles by famous website developers saying one thing. The lesser the number of page loadings required to get to a goal the better, aka &amp;quot;less clicks the better&amp;quot;. Why do you think the sidebar with links to all projects exist? Why do you think that the chapters are transcluded into one volume page after said volume is completed? Answer: people want to reach their goal quickly and with less page loading. Please, I humbly request that I be allowed to apply SAO Nav. It will speed up page navigation for sure, thus it is &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;beneficial&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;&#039;(not detrimental)&#039;&#039;&#039; to the SAO Project. I only want to help with what I can. Please let me. [[User:Zero2001|Zero2001]] - [[User_talk:Zero2001|Talk]] - 20:44, 31 December 2011 (CST)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Think I have an idea about the resistance, your version is nice but it&#039;s a lot of work to update. I think they want a standardized version that&#039;s easy to use, even for people with not a lot of wiki knowledge. Or do you promise to make them forever? [[User:Xplorer30|Xplorer30]] - [[User_talk:Xplorer30|Talk]] 23:04, 31 December 2011 (CST)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:I can promise to make and update them for a long time. And I promise that before I leave I will train a successor that can do it as good as or even better than me. I can&#039;t say forever since life doesn&#039;t have any guarantees. Plus actually the templates are understandable by anyone who just sits down and looks at the code properly. That&#039;s how I learned, at least (ie: By looking at others work and understanding how it is done). Furthermore I think there are candidates for my successor here already. Vaelis who designed [[Template:Nav]] for instance, there&#039;s also larethian. And what do you mean it is a lot of work to update? For a new volume, all you have to do is copy the code for the previous row, make the necessary changes (ie: change the volume number and chapter links) and viola! It isn&#039;t tough at all. The people at other projects have already learned how to update them. Just a few days ago [[Template:Hidan no Aria Nav]] was updated with a full volume and not by me. I&#039;m always ready to help and teach, you just need to ask. Don&#039;t be shy, come on by. [[User:Zero2001|Zero2001]] - [[User_talk:Zero2001|Talk]] - 23:17, 31 December 2011 (CST)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I took a look at your code and made my own, it needs some fixes but should work, here [[Template:AW Nav|Accel World Nav Template]]. [[User:Xplorer30|Xplorer30]] - [[User_talk:Xplorer30|Talk]] 04:53, 3 January 2012 (CST)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:Accel World got promoted from Teaser to Full Project? Whohoo! If you want I can design one of my templates for you. It&#039;ll only take less than 2 hrs. Feel free to ask. [[User:Zero2001|Zero2001]] - [[User_talk:Zero2001|Talk]] - 05:38, 3 January 2012 (CST)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
But lets get back to the subject at hand. The SAO Nav is ready to roll for months now. Shall we? [[User:Zero2001|Zero2001]] - [[User_talk:Zero2001|Talk]] - 05:40, 3 January 2012 (CST)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It&#039;s not like something bad will happen if it is applied. [[User:Zero2001|Zero2001]] - [[User_talk:Zero2001|Talk]] - 05:51, 3 January 2012 (CST)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I just updated Wikipedia&#039;s SAO page and it was really problematic that I had to go to go through the chapters the way it is now, in order to gather the facts. chapter a -&amp;gt; main page -&amp;gt; chapter b -&amp;gt; main page -&amp;gt; chapter c -&amp;gt; main page -&amp;gt; ... I&#039;m telling you SAO Nav would have been faster. [[User:Zero2001|Zero2001]] - [[User_talk:Zero2001|Talk]] - 06:03, 3 January 2012 (CST)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Look, the system isn&#039;t detrimental to the project, in fact it&#039;s &#039;&#039;beneficial&#039;&#039;. And its already ready for implementation. So I would like to humbly request that I be allowed to implement it. Since there are no real minus points. There won&#039;t be any loss, so why not? [[User:Zero2001|Zero2001]] - [[User_talk:Zero2001|Talk]] -  22:15, 19 January 2012 (CST)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Have you ever heard of the term &amp;quot;silent assent&amp;quot;? [[User:Zero2001|Zero2001]] - [[User_talk:Zero2001|Talk]] -  08:42, 27 January 2012 (CST)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I made a few adjustments thus reducing the height of the expanded template. Though the width seems to have increased as a result but that&#039;s acceptable since this will be on a separate line anyways (plus a small width template occupying a full line seems weird, at least to me). I&#039;d like some feedback at least. [[User:Zero2001|Zero2001]] - [[User_talk:Zero2001|Talk]] -  14:21, 21 April 2012 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== No chapter 17 in Volume 6 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I had bought Volume 6 recently and I would like to inform everyone that there is no Chapter 17 in Volume 6. Chapter 16 instead is the last chapter of this volume. Thank you.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Tomtkp|Tomtkp]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
That&#039;s how it was until someone changed it... I&#039;ve put it back correctly and removed chapter 17.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Vaelis|Vaelis]] 02:27, 20 December 2011 (CST)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ah, that was me, my bad.--[[User:Teh Ping|Teh Ping]] 02:47, 20 December 2011 (CST)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== About Volume 6 Chapter 13 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Excerpted from a dialogue from Vol. 6 Chapter 13:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Kikuoka: &amp;quot;...That was really shocking. I thought that this little thing was the ALO support system «Navagiation Pixie»... but to gather so much information and make conclusions at such a short time. Little girl...are you interested in &#039;&#039;&#039;pu&#039;&#039;&#039;...no, do you want to work for the «Virtual Division»?&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I think it should be &amp;quot;la&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;ra&amp;quot; instead of &amp;quot;pu&amp;quot;. The &amp;quot;ra&amp;quot; part is actually a foreshadowing to the next main arc, Alicization.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I didn&#039;t really understand what he meant to say so I left it as the translator had it. I think the &amp;quot;pu&amp;quot; might be part of &amp;quot;public&amp;quot;? What do you think the &amp;quot;ra&amp;quot; means? Anyway this should be in ch 13 Discussion. [[User:Xplorer30|Xplorer30]] - [[User_talk:Xplorer30|Talk]] 18:06, 29 December 2011 (CST)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ok, I will follow your advice and post it under Ch. 13 discussion.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Sword Art Online Vietnamese Translation ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hello, I&#039;m Gingi from vnsharing. Would you mind if I translate Sword Art Online into Vietnamese based on your translation? Thank you for such a great novel and look forward to your reply.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
wow...great, I don&#039;t think that there will be any problem but still wait for the reply from the project administrator/supervisor/translator(s). Better if you post this in the SAO BT forum for speedy reply. --[[User:Chancs|Chancs]] 04:41, 30 December 2011 (CST)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== volume 8 chapter 2 name ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
shouldn&#039;t it be called &amp;quot;Calibur&amp;quot; instead of &amp;quot;Caliber&amp;quot;?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
just asking. &amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp; ..::[[User:Gradient|Gradient]]::.. 09:29, 4 January 2012 (CST)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
That probably makes more sense, but &amp;quot;Caliber&amp;quot; seems to be an intentional English spelling. It is probably meant to be a pun. [[User:Thinklife|ThinkLife]] 10:53, 4 January 2012 (CST)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I originally had it as Calibur for the sword name we are familiar with, but I happen to glance at the last chapter while counting parts, and sigh. The author went and explained the name of the sword when Sinon asked about it. That&#039;s how it ended up as Caliber. [[User:Xplorer30|Xplorer30]] - [[User_talk:Xplorer30|Talk]] 18:40, 4 January 2012 (CST)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
kind of like how Excalibur is spelled with a ur instead of er.--[[User:Zer0light|Zer0light]] 00:42, 5 January 2012 (CST)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Asuna&#039;s Avatar - a mystery ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Correct me if I&#039;m wrong, but didn&#039;t it say that Asuna did NOT buy the NervGear she uses when playing SAO? If so, why is her avatar a perfect image of herself? Didn&#039;t the sellers only scan the people who actually BOUGHT the NervGear? Since Asuna just used the NervGear which wasn&#039;t hers... wouldn&#039;t that make her avatar look like someone else? @___@&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nah, you remember how Cline said when you start up you have to calibrate it to yourself? So when she put it on, she had to go through the calibration, thus it looks like her. [[User:Syaoran|Syaoran]] 01:14, 17 January 2012 (CST)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I doubt that NervGear has the scanning functionality. As a specialized gear, it wouldn&#039;t need scanning functionality for normal game play. Another manga with a similar virtual reality background [http://www.batoto.net/comic/_/comics/yureka-r101 Yureka] has a similar avatar system and has a separate body scanning step as well. -[[User:Milki|milki]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Well, my evidence was these lines:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;There are high density signal sensors in the NERvGear covering our whole head. So it can tell not only how our brains look, but our faces too...&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
And&lt;br /&gt;
Calibration was where the NERvGear measured «how much you had to move your hand to reach your body». This was done to reproduce the sense of feel accurately within the game. So to say, it was almost as if the NERvGear had data about our exact figures saved inside itself. [[User:Syaoran|Syaoran]] 02:04, 17 January 2012 (CST)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I suspect that, while the NERvGear would be able to scan the face to reproduce facial expressions to an extent, it does not do the same for the rest of the body. Calibration could probably be done by just measuring nerve signals - move your hand up towards you until you touch your body, and it would just recognize your hand/arm movement until you touch your body. -[[User:Milki|milki]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Actually, currently there is a machine that can calculate your body muscle and fat composition by running electricity though your body and it is just as big as a regular scale. Moreover it is easy to obtain your height and leg length through the calibration process. By applying this data, it is pretty easy to build a body that is similar to your current body.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Another theories is to use ultrasonic (or supersonic) sound wave to obtain your body image. NERvGear can emit microwave strong enough to melt your brain so it is not entirely impossible.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
My concern is how the did it obtain the character hair style since the NERvGear is like a bike helmet ^^!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is only my speculation, anybody whom actually an expert in this field please feel free to correct--[[User:Hayate-sama|Hayate-sama]] 13:11, 17 January 2012 (CST)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The NERvGear is an mini MRI/NMR (for scanning, and pulsed magnetic stimulation for feedback) so it can scan the head and face. No idea how it gets eye and hair color though. It might be able to find out the lenght of the hair and how curly/strait it is by the hight percition scanning. To even work the NERvGear needs submilimeter acuracy so scanning the hair will be easy. (Anon)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the hair style: I think hair style is something the players can change by themselves, like how one can pick up movable objects, I think combing would be allowed at least. The only difference is hair color which, from what I know from Aria in the Starless Night (SAO SS), is customizable via a monster drop item. [[User:Zero2001|Zero2001]] - [[User_talk:Zero2001|Talk]] - 22:57, 17 January 2012 (CST)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the body, currently it is possible to take multiple photographs from different angles and compile them to make holograms, thus it should be possible to do the same here (especially since the tech is way advanced here). All one would need to make sure is that the height is given which could be used as a scale for the 3d photo. [[User:Zero2001|Zero2001]] - [[User_talk:Zero2001|Talk]] - 22:57, 17 January 2012 (CST)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The skin tone, eye color etc could also be derived from photos, no mystery at all. You can be assured since I am a Computer Science graduate. [[User:Zero2001|Zero2001]] - [[User_talk:Zero2001|Talk]] - 22:59, 17 January 2012 (CST)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wasn&#039;t there a part where they said her bro bought the NGear and the game, but could not play it as he was overseas, so she was the first to play it? In other words, Asuna would be the first user of the game, and it would be calibrated to her. This assumes that the brother is not a beater, but even then, beta accounts were deleted or reset at the commence of the full game. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If we are discussing about how the body type, height, weight, sex etc was captured, well, they did say they had to key in certain particulars, and run their hands around their bodies. About the Hair styles and color, perhaps its more of what NG reads the mind as being the most comfortable with, through reading of the brainwaves of users in the first hour. Afterall, its not like all the characters in SAO have black hair, but multicolored, which I&#039;m sure would not be true IRL... then again, this is aniverse after all... --[[User:Gabgrave|Gabgrave]] 23:23, 17 January 2012 (CST)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
@Zero Yeah, you can use pictures to create a 3D object but the problem is how to take them ^^! unless you have a mirror as big as you, otherwise, it impossible to take those pictures yourself.--[[User:Hayate-sama|Hayate-sama]] 01:13, 18 January 2012 (CST)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please note that SAO occurs in a more advanced world. Furthermore I said that height would be given (ie: entered as a perimeter) so that it can be used as a scale. Thus resizing the image would be possible. Nowadays there are graphic plugins for GIMP and Photoshop that allow resizing (blowing up of pictures, or more simply, making them bigger) without loss of quality. In an advanced world it would be a better process and more commonly used (ie: common knowledge). The main point here is that what we consider specialized knowledge would be common in the setting of SAO. After all, &#039;&#039;virtual reality has become real&#039;&#039; in the setting. [[User:Zero2001|Zero2001]] - [[User_talk:Zero2001|Talk]] - 03:09, 18 January 2012 (CST)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yeah all these question can be answered that &amp;quot;they can do it in the future&amp;quot; then it all solved, no need for discussion O_O .--[[User:Hayate-sama|Hayate-sama]] 04:10, 18 January 2012 (CST)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A famous quote from Arthur C. Clarke: &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;Any sufficiently advanced technology is indistinguishable from magic&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039;. You shouldn&#039;t think so deeply on it. Also it&#039;s a fact that as time will pass, what is considered advanced now will be considered common in the future. A general purpose computer, at the beginning, was a machine that was superbly expensive so much so that the normal person could not own it. Nowadays it&#039;s in every home. Well that&#039;s over the span of 60 years. But with things like [http://www.howstuffworks.com/invisibility-cloak.htm invisibility cloaks] being developed, you really can&#039;t say that what I&#039;m saying is wrong. [[User:Zero2001|Zero2001]] - [[User_talk:Zero2001|Talk]] - 11:15, 18 January 2012 (CST)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Guys, this debate getting too long. I think this talk page should be more for translation related purposes. Please move this to the forums if you wish to continue. Please delete this text list once that has been done.--[[User:Gabgrave|Gabgrave]] 19:00, 18 January 2012 (CST)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Just discuss it in the forum ;) --[[User:Darklor|Darklor]] 01:11, 23 February 2012 (CST)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Volume 5 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
any news on when it will be finished? or if anyone is working on it? kind of been waiting for a while now. --[[User:Zer0light|Zer0light]] 23:16, 2 December 2011 (CST)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to BCOFM, it will be release within a week (or month) around now. Dunno if it&#039;s true though as their TL drop dead midway&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
KR is still translating it. I just finished my editing portion on it to the current page he is at. The chapter is 98 pages long and he has 21 more pages to go [[User:Lp113|Lp113]] 22:56, 6 December 2011 (CST)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
98 pages? Seriously? No wonder it take longer than usual to translate. I&#039;ll wait for it to be released, because it feels weird to skip over it and read the volume 6. Good luck~ I&#039;m sure a lot of reader are rooting for you (me included) ;) - [[User:RasteShelphyd|RasteShelphyd]] 15:15, 9 December 2011 (CST)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Is chapter 6 the final one or is it chapter 7? Volume 6 starts from chapter 7, so is it just posted twice in volume 5 and 6?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is chapter 6 and 7 in volume 5. There is also a chapter 7 in volume 6, that I wanted to make into prologue, but our admin Vaelis changed it back to like the book when he fixed the above mistake. PS: Volume 5 chapter 6 will be a while unless you all beg Teh Ping to help with it. [[User:Xplorer30|Xplorer30]] - [[User_talk:Xplorer30|Talk]] 23:33, 28 December 2011 (CST)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Aaaaah I see. Thank you for clarifying and keep up the good work, it&#039;s a lot more fun to read the properly translated versions over the machine translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;PLEASE TRANSLATE VOL. 5 CHAPTER 6 :D (or upload what&#039;s done of it); It feels very awkward to simply skip 2/3 of a chapter.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I don&#039;t mean to sound rude or anything but could the translators focus on finishing chapters 6 and 7 of Volume 5 , I do wanna read read aria in the starless night but even more than that I wanna finish reading Phantom bullet and there is just 2 untranslated chapters preventing me from reading an entire volume. Again I&#039;m sorry if I&#039;m acting rude, and I know that its not easy to translate. [[Username:Leonzell (not registered here) 1:44 AM GMT+10&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Given the previous banter from certain users about this topic in the recent past, this does come off as a little rude. One of the translators, [[User:Teh_Ping|Teh Ping]] has already addressed this issue and has asked for additional help to translate. Otherwise, you can look at his user page for a timeline. -[[User:Milki|milki]] 09:54, 19 January 2012 (CST)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you cannot wait, the first chapter of book 6 does cover the events that happen in those missing chapters in summary. You do not really need to worry if you will miss anything important, the main plot is covered. Just come back to read the details when it is done and posted up. --[[User:Gabgrave|Gabgrave]] 19:56, 19 January 2012 (CST)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Actually, I still patiently waiting for chapter 6 to be fully translated, even though I have an urge to just skip it and read the volume 6.&lt;br /&gt;
But....how should I say it.... It feels &#039;incomplete&#039; if I just skip it (I&#039;m a bit perfectionist, sorry). So I beg you, if you have free time (which must be hard to find since you also have real life), please, would you consider to fully translate the chapter 6? X) - [[User:RasteShelphyd|RasteShelphyd]] 13:25, 27 January 2012 (CST)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Well. I&#039;m sure that&#039;s nice to know. The translators have their own timeline and life as well though. If you want to help, try recruiting some more translators to help [[User:Teh_Ping|Teh Ping]]. - [[User:Milki|milki]] 16:34, 27 January 2012 (CST)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2 month and still waiting.... - [[User:RasteShelphyd|RasteShelphyd]] 01:04, 7 February 2012 (CST)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Well, I&#039;m not sure about chapter 6, but chapter 7 will be dome translating and put into the hands of the editors sometime within 24 hours, depending on my schedule.--[[User:Desodus|Desodus]] 16:00, 21 February 2012 (CST)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Niiiice♪. But can you help Teh Ping out in releasing Chapter 6 too? I&#039;m sure he&#039;d agree since his schedule is full. Rather he&#039;s been asking for help as long as I know. [[User:Zero2001|Zero2001]] - [[User_talk:Zero2001|Talk]] -  20:06, 21 February 2012 (CST)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Don&#039;t know for sure, but I would need to check out how far the other translator got into the chapter. I got only a couple pages left of chapter 7 anyway, I sure could help out. Since your an editor, do you have the link for the google docs where the chapters are? If not, give me your email and I&#039;ll send you a link.--[[User:Desodus|Desodus]] 14:26, 22 February 2012 (CST)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Put it on my Talk page. As for how far chapter 6 has gotten: The point where Kirito purchases the Kouken (Light Saber). BTW, why isn&#039;t the chapter here on it&#039;s respective chapter page? All I see is 100% in editing, I don&#039;t get it. [[User:Zero2001|Zero2001]] - [[User_talk:Zero2001|Talk]] -  16:36, 22 February 2012 (CST)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
That&#039;s because all editing done by the BCotFM are done through google docs. But sadly, the group has been kinda falling apart as members have to answer to LIFE or got other projects. Personally, I was just procrastinating and going through some issues myself.--[[User:Desodus|Desodus]] 21:16, 22 February 2012 (CST)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Woohoo! Awesome Translation. [[User:Zero2001|Zero2001]] - [[User_talk:Zero2001|Talk]] -  10:17, 5 March 2012 (CST)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Quote consistency ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are a lot of different quotes used. Which one&#039;s should be used?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 contractions - &#039; or ’&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 terms - «» or &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;&#039;&#039; (two single quotes)&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt; (understand that «» is for SAO terms,&lt;br /&gt;
 but if &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt; is used, I don&#039;t know if its intentional or should be «»)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 quotes - &amp;quot;&amp;quot; or “” or &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- [[User:Milki|milki]] 17:03, 18 February 2012 (CST)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 Well, while writing on a piece of paper with a pen “” and ’ are used&lt;br /&gt;
 however &amp;quot;&amp;quot; are known as typewriter quotes and are also completely acceptable&lt;br /&gt;
 But &amp;quot;&amp;quot; or &#039; takes up less space so it is preferred for use in Media wiki based websites like this one.&lt;br /&gt;
 as for &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt; These are used to &#039;&#039;italicize&#039;&#039; the text. Please ignore them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In other words it doesn&#039;t really matter unless you want to optimize space usage since they both look the same no matter which one you use. So please ignore it. Though the standard on all mediawiki based sites has &#039;&#039;&#039;always&#039;&#039;&#039; been &amp;quot;&amp;quot; and &#039;. (See [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Wikipedia:Manual_of_Style#Quotation_marks)]) - [[User:Zero2001|Zero2001]] - [[User_talk:Zero2001|Talk]] -  22:17, 18 February 2012 (CST)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== &#039;&#039;&#039;Bullet of Bullets&#039;&#039;&#039; or &#039;&#039;&#039;Ballet of Bullets&#039;&#039;&#039;? ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I&#039;m a little confused. In the GGO arc... Is it &#039;&#039;&#039;Bullet&#039;&#039;&#039; of Bullets or &#039;&#039;&#039;Ballet&#039;&#039;&#039; of Bullets? Considering how Battle Tournaments are normally be named, &#039;&#039;&#039;Bullet&#039;&#039;&#039; of Bullets makes less sense than &#039;&#039;&#039;Ballet&#039;&#039;&#039; of Bullets (which actually fits more as far as tournament names go). Reason: fighting and dancing have often been interlinked. In medieval times strong noble warriors were also known for being good dancers since the movements used in battle are often similar to dance movements. See: [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Capoeira Capoeira], [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Calinda Calinda]. Oh I&#039;m getting off track. Anyways, since fighting and dancing are similar it&#039;s more likely the tournament is named &#039;&#039;&#039;Ballet of Bullets&#039;&#039;&#039; (even if guns are now used, it has historical meaning). So can someone please check and see. [[User:Zero2001|Zero2001]] - [[User_talk:Zero2001|Talk]] -  04:10, 5 March 2012 (CST)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Answered already here http://www.baka-tsuki.org/project/index.php?title=Talk:Sword_Art_Online:Volume_6_Chapter_7 --[[User:Ff7 freak|Ff7 freak]] 04:46, 5 March 2012 (CST)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Is there any official released of the novel in english? ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
i plan to buy it if it got released in english version&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is not yet licensed in any English-speaking country yet as far as I know. Wikipedia says so and wiki is always right. --[[User:Milki|milki]] 10:23, 14 March 2012 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Another SAO SS? ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Greetings. When I visited the author old site I saw several items that might be SAO SS.(well some are already being translated.)&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Like [Aria in the Starless Sky], [Absolute Solitude], [Fortune Star], [Resettable Saver], SS5-[A Murder Case in the Area], SS7-[Cradle of the Moon], and [Waterworks] (not sure about some of the title since I&#039;m using Google translate.)&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Aria in the Starless Sky&amp;amp;A Murder Case in the Area are already on translation. If it isn&#039;t too troublesome,may I ask if the other will also be put into translation somewhere in the near future? Thanks before.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I&#039;m very intersting in those you mentioned as I have never run into them before, could you check if there&#039;re actual text inside? Of all those, I only have Cradle of the Moon, which is SS based on the Alizication arc, which is still untranslated so it has low priority for now. -- [[User:BeginnerXP|BeginnerXP]] 19:34, 15 April 2012 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Greetings.Yes,I&#039;ve checked them.There&#039;re texts inside.But since I still haven&#039;t learned Japanese yet,I can only save it to MS Word/pdf format.Would you like me to send it to your e-mail address?Ah,I haven&#039;t ask your e-mail address yet.(I sincerely hope that they&#039;re SAO SS and can be of use to everyone.)[[User:User753|User753]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I just realized those you mentioned, it&#039;s his main site not old site and those aren&#039;t part of SAO series, I&#039;m searching for more SAO SS author wrote in many occasions, but so far, no luck yet -- [[User:BeginnerXP|BeginnerXP]] 01:21, 16 April 2012 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ah,that&#039;s too bad.So,it&#039;s a miss.Thank you.Sorry for the trouble.[[User:User753|User753]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ok so now i am confused, so is &amp;quot;volume 9 - Alicization Beginning&amp;quot; not part of SAO or its is just the &amp;quot;web version - Alicization Arc&amp;quot; thats is not part of SAO?--[[User:Kyo171|Kyo171]] 00:55, 18 April 2012 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Volume 9 is the version that is published, the web version is the version that was online. --[[User:Pryun|Pryun]] 01:12, 18 April 2012 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ok.. so is the web version not part of the SAO universe with the kirito and asuna that we know? or its a separate story all together? [[User:Kyo171|Kyo171]] 01:19, 18 April 2012 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The web version is similar to the published version, but not exactly the same. Any more information I can give is a spoiler, but if you don&#039;t mind spoilers you can go look at the images of volume 9. --[[User:Pryun|Pryun]] 01:23, 18 April 2012 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hmm... roger that, coz i was confused looking at the images in vol 9 i see kirito and asuna that we are all familiar with, but in the web version there&#039;s a disclaimer saying that the kirito is not the kirito that we know of. I am talking about the roughly translated &amp;quot;Alicization Arc (Web Version)&amp;quot; in the mainpage btw. [[User:Kyo171|Kyo171]] 01:30, 18 April 2012 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Alicization web version chapter 1 on the wiki is practically the same as the Prologue I of vol 9, author did a lot of minor changes including rewriting in a few places, but the overall summary is still the same. The reason readers felt it wasn&#039;t related to Kirito we know will be explained in the later chapters, but he&#039;s certainly the same Kirito. Alicization is currently the largest arc of SAO series (and I assume it&#039;d be the final main arc of the series too) and would need 5-6 volumes to cover its entire arc -- [[User:BeginnerXP|BeginnerXP]] 09:19, 18 April 2012 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ahhh.. thanks for the clarification, i have one more question, when would be the most optimum time to read the side story &amp;quot;versus&amp;quot;, the accel world crossover side story? I am currently on vol 5. --[[User:Kyo171|Kyo171]] 09:42, 18 April 2012 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I&#039;m not sure about Accel World side, but for SAO, there&#039;s no reference to anything significant after Fairy Dance, so I think it&#039;s fine to read it right after vol.4, but the story actually took place just slightly before Alicization arc, so author actually wants readers to read it after vol.8 (Accel World vol.10 released after SAO vol.8) -- [[User:BeginnerXP|BeginnerXP]] 10:27, 18 April 2012 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== It&#039;s weird ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Aria in the Starless Night Side Story is when Kirito and Asuna meet for the first time in SAO. But do both or just Asuna forget about the other? In the other volumes it seems that Asuna got interested in Kirito after she saw him living (lazing around on the field) the game just as he would in reality (ie: the events in Vol8 Ch1, this is mentioned in other volumes too). Did Asuna forget about the events in Aria or what? Or did the author make a slight miss? [[User:Zero2001|Zero2001]] - [[User_talk:Zero2001|Talk]] -  13:35, 21 April 2012 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It might be best to think of it like they simply met at a coffee shop, sure, they were fighting alongside each other, but that wasn&#039;t enough to get them past a formal acquaintanceship. [[User:Draeke|Draeke]] 14:24, 21 April 2012 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Heeh~ Sure &#039;&#039;and the whole bath thing just went over everybody&#039;s head~. Yup~ I&#039;m sure that was something easy to forget~.&#039;&#039; Like that&#039;d ever happen. That&#039;s why I&#039;m confused. He was the guy who introduced her to how food could taste better, he was the guy who taught her that there were better living conditions than INNs, he was the guy who taught her not to overkill and how to choose better weapons. I can get them being at the level of formal acquaintances till that point. What I&#039;m confused about is that in the other volumes there is no mention of her meeting him before the lazing around incident. Like they never even met before that. Weird isn&#039;t it? Well maybe it will be mentioned in vol8 chap1. I can&#039;t wait for the translation. [[User:Zero2001|Zero2001]] - [[User_talk:Zero2001|Talk]] -  16:39, 21 April 2012 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I think there was though, although it was a little subtle, back in the first volume, when it talked about Asuna going around and recruiting the boss assault team. [[User:Draeke|Draeke]] 17:32, 21 April 2012 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I dunno, Asuna might have blocked off some of that since it wasn&#039;t an all pleasant experience for her. Plus she still did keep that I want to clear this as fast as possible attitude til she met him in the upper floors again, so maybe she just forgot about it while trying to clear? I will agree with you, it is a pretty bad plot hole since you gotta think about it a lot to find a reason. [[User:Syaoran|Syaoran]] 18:10, 21 April 2012 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I don&#039;t think that it is really a plot hole, as aria is a side story, but then again, recently I have been feeling like Kawahara has been giving them too much time together in side stories, if they were in a group of seven in aria, it would have been much better I believe. [[User:Draeke|Draeke]] 18:13, 21 April 2012 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It was pretty weird that Asuna and Kirito don&#039;t remember this some minor details have also been left out while in volumes but this meeting is just too big of an event so that they could forget but well seeing it is just a side story I guess it should be just fine as just seeing it in a way like you have said before Asuna after not seeing him again just started going crazy wanting to clear the game and Kirito being a Kirito just kinda forgot since the next time they saw each other took place about 1 year and 5 months later??[[User:Lelouch545|Lelouch545]]3:54, 11 Jule (PCT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It&#039;s possible that the author hadn&#039;t thought of any of these events when he wrote Volume 1. There are plenty of other inconsistencies throughout the side-stories, too. Since the side-stories are added after the main arc is over, it&#039;s best not to delve in too deep --[[Special:Contributions/92.239.153.44|92.239.153.44]] 06:21, 11 June 2012 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Material Editions ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Material Editions? Is this the name of a new volume? Or a web volume? Or what? I need to know so that I can properly sort the info on the wikipedia page. [[User:Zero2001|Zero2001]] - [[User_talk:Zero2001|Talk]] -  17:07, 29 April 2012 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Material Edition (ME) series is a series of &#039;&#039;&#039;doujinshis&#039;&#039;&#039; created by Kawahara Reki himself using the pen name &amp;quot;Kunori Fumio&amp;quot; (he used that pen name when he was writing the web novel of SAO). Most but not all of the volumes of the ME series are side stories. He sells the ME series at the Comitia market (not Comic Market) and also some doujinshi shops.&lt;br /&gt;
Below are the list of Material Edition volumes:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* ME1 - The Progressor (a short manga chapter drawn by Kawahara himself)&lt;br /&gt;
* ME2 - Early Characters&lt;br /&gt;
* ME3 - Ceramic Heart &lt;br /&gt;
* ME4 - Cold Hand, Warm Heart&lt;br /&gt;
* ME5 - Salvia&lt;br /&gt;
* ME6 - Algade Showdown&lt;br /&gt;
* ME7 - Continuation. Aria of the Starless Night&lt;br /&gt;
* ME8 - First Chapter of Rondo (second floor side story)&lt;br /&gt;
* ME9 - Monochrome Concerto&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ME9 - Monochrome Concerto. yes, third floor, I&#039;d do it if I can find raws.--[[User:Pryun|Pryun]] - [[User_talk:Pryun|Talk]] 21:17, 29 April 2012 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I&#039;ll add them in the timeline I need to complete, if I have some informations about their dates (I saw &amp;quot;September&amp;quot; in ME4 for example). -[[User:Misogi|Misogi]] 18:45, 30 April 2012 (GMT+1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Okay So if there are any more please update on the list on the SAO Project Page at once. [[User:Zero2001|Zero2001]] - [[User_talk:Zero2001|Talk]] -  15:49, 30 April 2012 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Regarding Pryun-san question about Sword Art Online: Material Editions 1.In my opinion,if it&#039;s allowed,please include the ME1.As it&#039;s a gaiden that&#039;s made by the same author supplementing the canon storyline.It&#039;ll be a sad thing if it&#039;s not posted and no manga reader site have posted it on theirs.--[[User:User753|User753]]-[[User talk:User753|Talk]]- 00:41, 1 May 2012 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If it&#039;s a manga version (picture, comics whatever, basically like the color pages in the first section of the talk page). Then if someone can translate it I can photoshop it into the pics. Badabing Badaboom! [[User:Zero2001|Zero2001]] - [[User_talk:Zero2001|Talk]] -  22:43, 1 May 2012 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I got my hands on ME1 manga, its in chinese, i could translate it into English and photoshop it into the manga. Unless Zero2001 wants to do the photoshopping... I am an amateur photoshopper though --[[User:Kyo171|Kyo171]] 04:34, 4 May 2012 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
i think so long as the words can be seen in the bubbles and the original are removed, it should be fine.[[User:Fallen3dge|Fallen3dge]] 04:36, 5 May 2012 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Upload the RAWs, add the translations, create a gallery, And leave the photoshopping to me. I&#039;ll do it. [[User:Zero2001|Zero2001]] - [[User_talk:Zero2001|Talk]] -  21:29, 6 May 2012 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Oi... [http://www.batoto.net/comic/_/comics/sword-art-online-material-edition-soushuuhen-doujinshi-r4781 tap-trans has already done ME 1 and 3]. How much longer before we do it??? [[User:Zero2001|Zero2001]] - [[User_talk:Zero2001|Talk]] -  17:30, 2 June 2012 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And then there&#039;s ME7... I wanna read ME7~ Waaah~. &#039;&#039;Sob Sob&#039;&#039;. [[User:Zero2001|Zero2001]] - [[User_talk:Zero2001|Talk]] -  17:34, 2 June 2012 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Should we just post links to batoto on the main page at ME 1 and 3? It seems a waste to do the same work twice. --[[User:Saganatsu|Saganatsu]] 17:42, 2 June 2012 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I&#039;m all for that idea. But will it be accepted? [[User:Zero2001|Zero2001]] - [[User_talk:Zero2001|Talk]] -  03:24, 3 June 2012 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Based on what I have seen so far I believe that ME1: The Progressors should be named &amp;quot;The Clearers&amp;quot; instead since that is what the title is talking about in regards to the story and all the translations so far have used the term &amp;quot;Clearer&amp;quot; instead of &amp;quot;Progressor&amp;quot; --[[User:Arctosa|Arctosa]] 10:43, 10 June 2012 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
English text on every page of it says &amp;quot;The Progressors&amp;quot;. We know it&#039;s weird.--[[User:Saganatsu|Saganatsu]] 12:54, 10 June 2012 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== PDFs ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So I&#039;ve been a long time visitor of Baka-Tsuki, but never bothered making an account. I&#039;ve been browsing a bit and was quite impressed with the To Aru Majutsu no Index PDFs. So, feeling obligated to do something, I took it upon myself to turn volume 1 of SAO into a PDF and put it onto MF. I hope that this is alright. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://www.mediafire.com/?4gaf7px2qewd23a Sword Art Online - 01 PDF]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can download the PDF I made and see if it&#039;s acceptable. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If this is okay with the translators and editors, I&#039;ll try and turn all the completely translated volumes into PDFs and put em on MF. - [[User:Zetsubo666|Zetsubo666]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The thread for the PDF is [http://www.baka-tsuki.org/forums/viewtopic.php?f=59&amp;amp;t=4704#p122072 here]. There is a link to it on the main page of the project. [[User:Vaelis|Vaelis]] 13:55, 31 May 2012 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Congrats ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Just wanted to thank all you guys for working hard and translating the SAO series.&lt;br /&gt;
Now that nearly everything is translated I wanted to ask, how far along is the novel in Japan? Cause when I try to look it up I cant read the pages cause they&#039;re all in Japanese D:&lt;br /&gt;
And is the &amp;quot;cradle of the moon&amp;quot; chapter going to be translated or not, cause from what I read it&#039;s included in the Alicization arc.&lt;br /&gt;
If it is I think it should be removed from the page, as everything else is 100% and this is the only non-translated part so it sorta ruins it when you scroll down and see everything.&lt;br /&gt;
Thanks again to all the translators and editors! --[[User:Mufarasu|Mufarasu]] 13:31, 16 June 2012 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If it&#039;s removed. It could be more easily forgotten or shelved indefinitely. And besides, the next volume is coming out within a month, and there are other side stories you still haven&#039;t seen translated. Patience is a virtue. [[User:Zero2001|Zero2001]] - [[User_talk:Zero2001|Talk]] -  15:48, 16 June 2012 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Alright, I&#039;ll try my best lol. --[[User:Mufarasu|Mufarasu]] 18:37, 17 June 2012 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spoken like a true fan. [[User:Zero2001|Zero2001]] - [[User_talk:Zero2001|Talk]] -  23:34, 17 June 2012 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Name Pronunciation ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Can you guys add a page for character name&#039;s pronunciation ? It&#039;s hard to talk to others while each got his/her own way of speaking names :P&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
P.S: by the way, please make a wider range of question for page-editing. There&#039;s always 1 question whenever I look at it. -Anon&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:Well there is the: [[Sword Art Online:Names and Terminology Guideline]]. I suppose we could add ogg files for pronunciation like wikipedia does. I&#039;ll work on it. [[User:Zero2001|Zero2001]] - [[User_talk:Zero2001|Talk]] -  13:50, 18 June 2012 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can do it the IPA way, like this: London /ˈlʌndən/ -Anon&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
That won&#039;t be completely accurate. English and Japanese have different ways to pronouncing certain sounds like T, D, etc. Furthermore, few people know the phonetic alphabet in it&#039;s entirety and certainly not those with English as second alphabet. Better to sound it out for them. [[User:Zero2001|Zero2001]] - [[User_talk:Zero2001|Talk]] -  08:03, 19 June 2012 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So anyone who is great at speaking japanese and a good voice, please volunteer to be the pronouncer. [[User:Zero2001|Zero2001]] - [[User_talk:Zero2001|Talk]] -  08:07, 19 June 2012 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Most names should be straightforward in pronunciation, I assume the names with issues are Lyfa and Sinon? In that case:&lt;br /&gt;
* Lyfa - Ree-fa in JP version, but English changed R to L so Lee-fa is acceptable, just not Lai-fa.&lt;br /&gt;
* Sinon - Shi-non, just like her real name Shino.&lt;br /&gt;
* Eugeo - Yoo-gee-o.&lt;br /&gt;
-- [[User:BeginnerXP|BeginnerXP]] - [[User_talk:BeginnerXP|Talk]] 01:38, 20 June 2012 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Alternately, for whatever name you have no idea how to pronounce, go to the terminology page, copy the jp name you see, put it into google, then ask it to sound it out for you(somewhere at the bottom right corner). That&#039;s the least complicated way, since JP pronunciation is quite simple/fixed. --[[User:Pryun|Pryun]] - [[User_talk:Pryun|Talk]] 05:13, 20 June 2012 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yu-Gi-Oh!! Was what I first thought of.--[[User:Mufarasu|Mufarasu]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Argas or Agas? ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I&#039;m rereading Volume 1 (while proofreading) and it seems that the spelling keeps switching back and forth. For the sake of consistency, is there an agreed upon spelling? --[[User:Aozf05|Aozf05]] 00:48, 27 June 2012 (CDT)&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Aozf05</name></author>
	</entry>
</feed>